Full text of "Psyche"
psy
' ' • f •
HARVARD UNIVERSITY
LIBRARY
OF THE
Museum of Comparative Zoology
i
i
I
I
i
PSYCHE
A Journal of Entomology
Volume 60
1953
Editorial Board
Frank M. Carpenter, Editor P. J. Darlington, Jr.
Charles T. Brues Joseph C. Bequaert
Published Quarterly by the Cambridge Entomological Club
Editorial Office; Biological Laboratories
Harvard University
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.
The numbers of Psyche issued during fhe past year were
mailed on the following dates :
Vol. 59, no. 4, Dec., 1952: April 27, 1953
Vol. 60, no. 1, March, 1953: June 26, 1953
Vol. 60, no. 2, June, 1953: September 28, 1953
Vol. 60, no. 3, Sept., 1953: January 8, 1954
APR 2 9 1954
PSYCHE
A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY
Established in 1874
Vol. 60 March, 1953 No. 1
MBS. COMP. 200U
UBR&RY
JUN 2 6 1953
tmm
BW5f£fsnrr
TABLE OF CONTEXTS
Three New Ants Related to Strumigenys louisianae Roger. W. L.
Brown, Jr 1
Observations on the Reproduction of the Giant Cockroach, Blaberus
craniifera Burm. W. L. Nutting 6
Nemestrinidae (Diptera) of Iowa and Missouri. J . Bequaert . . 14
On Flanders’ Hypothesis of Caste Determination in Ants. E. 0. Wilson 15
Two New Species of Water Beetles from Florida (Coleoptera:
Dytiscidae). F. N. Young 21
The Biology of Brachypanorpa (Mecoptera), F. M. Carpenter . . 28
Two New Oregon Chilopods of the Order Geophilida. R. V.
Chamberlin 37
CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB
Officers for 1952-53
President .
Vice-President .
Secretary .
Treasurer .
Executive Committee
. T. Eisner
W. L. Brown, Jr.
E. 0. Wilson
F. M. Carpenter
. H. S. Fuller
. S. K. Harris
EDITORIAL BOARD OF PSYCHE
F. M. Carpenter — editor
C. T. Brues
p. J. Darlington, Jr.
J. Bequaert
PSYCHE is published quarterly, the ldvTcl"%Tu> fubS!rs
and December. Subscription price, ^ $3 35 single copies, 85 cenhs.
Club Biological Laboratories, Harvard University, address etc
sh?ui"L‘sLrto\irEdftorole="“orP?^ Jboratorles, Harvard
University, Cambridge, Mass.
IMPORTANT NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
$10.00 each; smaller sizes in proportion.
AUTHOR’S SEPARATES
by the Editor on application.
The December, 1952, Psyche (Vol. 59, No. 4) was mailed a\pril 27, 1953
EATON PRESS INC., WATERTOWN, MASS,
PSYCHE
Vol. 60
March, 1953
No. 1
THREE NEW ANTS RELATED TO STRUMIGENYS
LOUISIANAE ROGER!
By William L. Brown, Jr.
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University
In this time of high printing costs, the difficulty of pub-
lishing in one large work the results of my studies on the
ant tribe Dacetini has forced me to break up what would
otherwise be a revision in one piece into many smaller
treatments. It is hoped that, with the publication after
each large natural group of a concise key and other general
information, the effect of a revision within the same covers
will be approached.
Below are described three new species closely related to
Strumigenys louisianae Roger, the latter being a common
and well-known form ranging from Tennessee and Arizona
south through the West Indies and Central America and
reaching Bolivia and northern Argentina. S. louisianae has
been known under several names in different parts of its
range (S. bruchi Forel, S. infidelis Santschi, S. eggersi
cubaensis Mann and S, louisianae, various subspecies and
varieties), but all of these names are treated as synonyms
in an extended discussion of this form at present in press.
A distributional peculiarity of S. louisianae seems to be
pointed up by the lack of records from the rainforest areas
of the Amazon-Orinoco Basins and from the extensively
collected Panamanian localities centering on Barro Colorado
Island.
The descriptions given are all strictly comparative ones
^ Published with a grant from the Museum of Comparative Zoology
at Harvard College.
1
2
Psyche
[March
drawn against S, louisianae. Relationships to other species
have not been overlooked, however, as each of the three
forms has been compared with all other neotropical species
of Strumigenys known to me, both described and unde-
scribed, except S. fusca and S. unidentata, two species to be
placed among the species inquirendae.
The measurements given are stated in the way standard
in recent publications dealing with the dacetine ants. Ab-
breviations: TL, “total” or synthetic aggregate length of
body, including mandibles ; HL, maximum measurable
length of head proper; ML, exposed length of mandibles;
WL, (Weber’s) diagonal length of alitrunk, lateral view;
Cl, cephalic index, or maximum head width expressed as a
percentage of hl; mi, mandibulocephalic index, or exposed
length of mandibles expressed as a percentage of HL.
Material studied originated from, and is redeposited in,
the W. M. Mann and National Museum Collections, United
States National Museum (USNM) ; Borgmeier Collection,
Petropolis, Brazil; series are also placed by exchange in
the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University
(MCZ). Thanks are due Father Thomaz Borgmeier, Dr.
W. M. Mann and Dr. M. R. Smith for the privilege of exam-
ining the above-mentioned series.
All three species, like S. louisianae, belong to the nomin-
ate subgenus of Strumigenys.
Strumigenys clasmospongia new species
Holotype worker: TL 2.57 mm., HL 0.60 mm., ml 0.39
mm., WL 0.58 mm.. Cl 74, Ml 65.
Similar to S. louisianae, but differing in its larger, dis-
tinctly more slender body and relatively much longer man-
dibles, and also in the following details:
(1) Promesonotum with a fine but distinct median
longitudinal carinula; lateral carinuliform margins also
more distinct, and on each side of the mesonotum forming
a low, rounded translucent flange ; posterior to each of these
flanges is a second smaller, but similar flange at each pos-
terior mesonotal corner. Homologous, but much less dis-
tinct flanges may sometimes be seen in S. louisianae
workers.
1953]
Brown — Strumigenys
3
(2) Metanotal groove as distinct as in S. louisianae
or slightly more so; posterior mesonotal region a bit more
strongly concave and slightly more distinctly constricted.
(3) Petiolar node with a more slender peduncle and
the anterior face not so strongly obliquely depressed, the
summit rather evenly rounded in profile seen from the
side; node only slightly broader than long seen from above.
(4) Dorsum of postpetiole for the most part smooth
or nearly so, definitely shining. Gastric dorsum at base
with a few feeble costulae, basal tergite only feebly reticu-
late (covered with a whitish dried film possibly represent-
ing a secretion) and with anterior part subopaque, but
sides and posterior half moderately but definitely shining.
Sculpture over entire body a trifle weaker than in S.
louisianae.
(5) Pilosity in general a little less abundant and con-
spicuous; ground pilosity vestigial on alitruncal dorsum.
Color ferrugineous.
Holotype (Borgmeier Coll.) taken at Petropolis, State
of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil; “gesiebt. Nr. 5884” (T. Borg-
meier leg.)
Paratypes: 5 workers (Borgmeier Coll., USNM, MCZ)
with data as for holotype. TL 2.54-2.76 mm., HL 0.60-0.65
mm., ML 0.39-0.41 mm., WL 0.58-0.62 mm.. Cl 71-76, MI
63-66.
Strumigenys producta new species
Holotype worker: TL 2.91 mm., HL 0.65 mm., ML 0.45
mm., WL 0.70 mm.. Cl 81, mi 69.
Very similar to S. louisianae, but larger, more slender,
and with much longer mandibles. Dentition as in S. louisu
anae and S. clasmospongia, that is, with a single small
preapical tooth and two acute intercalary denticles to the
apical fork. Also the following differences from S. louisi-
anae :
(1) Propodeal spines more slender and acute, rather
strongly elevated, divergent, longer than the distance be-
tween the centers of their bases.
(2) Gastric tergite I with fine basal costulae extending
4
Psyche
[March
1/3 its length, remainder of its surface only very feebly
and superficially reticulate, definitely shining.
(3) Petiole slender, with a long, slender peduncle and
subglobose node; posterior spongiform collar vestigial;
cariniform.
(4) Ground pilosity of alitrunk reduced and mostly
inconspicuous. Color light ferrugineous ; appendages, etc.
and base of gaster lighter, more yellowish.
Holotype (Mann Coll., USNM) one of a series of 15
workers in the type series, taken at Rurrenabaque, Rio
Beni, Bolivia (W. M. Mann leg.)
Paratypes: (USNM, Coll. Borgmeier, MCZ) Remaining
14 workers of type series, same data. TL 2.85-3.06 mm.,
HL 0.65-0.70 mm., ML 0.45-0.48 mm., WL 0.69-0.74 mm..
Cl 78-82, MI 69-70. Color varying from yellowish- to
medium-ferrugineous.
Strumigenys mixta new species
Holotype ivorker: TL 2.32 mm., HL 0.54 mm., ML 0.31
mm., WL 0.54 mm., Cl'83, Ml 57.
Differs significantly from S. louisianae only in the fol-
lowing details:
(1) Inner mandibular border with an extra minute
denticle slightly basad of the apical third of the ML.
(2) Pilosity decidedly narrower and less conspicuous,
especially on the posterior cephalic dorsum. Paired, out-
standing hairs, one on each lateral occipital border, each
humeral angle and each side of the mesonotum are all
finely flagelliform, whereas in S. louisianae, the lateral oc-
cipital and mesonotal hairs are stiff and spatulate towards
their apices.
(3) Metanotal groove completely or very nearly com-
pletely obsolete; in profile from lateral view, the posterior
alitruncal dorsum continuous in outline, not interrupted by
the notch at the metanotal groove as in S. louisianae.
Color light ferrugineous yellow.
Holotype (USNM) one of 15 workers taken at Escuintla,
Guatemala (W. M. Mann leg.).
Paratypes : 14 workers from type nest series, same data
1953]
Brown — Strumigenys
5
as for holotype, and 5 workers from orchid plants (Cattleya
bowringeana) shipped from San Jose, Guatemala and in-
tercepted in U.S. Plant Quarantine at San Francisco, Cali-
fornia (SF 20739 Supl. ; 46-5348). Deposited in USNM
and MCZ. tl 2.14-2.49 mm., HL 0.51-0.59 mm., ML 0.28-0.32,
WL 0.51-0.60, Cl 80-84, Ml 54-60. The Escuintla (type nest)
series is made up of mostly smaller, yellow individuals,
while that from San Jose contains workers mostly in the
upper part of the size range given and medium ferrugineous
or deep burnt-orange in color. Means of dimensions, but
not of proportions, differ slightly, but there is also an
absolute overlap. The color difference is not considered
taxonomically significant in the face of similar variation
seen in many other dacetine species. The name mixta re-
fers to the intermediate characters, seemingly linking S.
louisianae and S. emeryi Mann, but also distinguishing this
species from both.
OBSERVATIONS ON THE REPRODUCTION OF
THE GIANT COCKROACH,
BLABERUS CRANIIFERA BURM.
By W. L. Nutting
Biological Laboratories, Harvard University
In his Embryology of the Viviparous Insects, H. R. Hagan
(1951) cites nine species of roaches recorded as exhibiting
some type of viviparity, or oviparity approaching vivi-
parity. Chopard (1950) and Van Wyk (1952) have furn-
ished two additional examples of viviparous blattids. Much
of the evidence for viviparity has been indirect; that is, it
has been based on dissections of gravid females, while in
scarcely half the cases has the birth process actually been
witnessed. Among the species mentioned by Hagan are
the West Indian Blabera fusca Brunner (Saupe, 1929), and
a Bolivian Blabera species (Holmgren, 1903). (Blabera
fusca Brunner can probably be referred to craniifera Burm.
according to Rehn and Hebard (1927).) Over the past
seven years I have had the opportunity to observe rather
closely a flourishing culture of Blaberus craniifera Burm.,
originally started from Florida specimens by Prof. C. T.
Brues. (This roach is limited to Cuba in the West Indies
and ranges from southern Mexico to British Honduras on
the mainland; it has undoubtedly been introduced to Key
West from Cuba.) During this period I have found newly
hatched nymphs dozens of times, but only recently have I
observed parturition itself. Before recounting this event,
it seems appropriate to include available information on
mating, the little-known spermatophore, and other relevant
details on the reproductive habits of this large laboratory
roach.
Blaberus is rarely active during the daytime, even in the
laboratory, and I have never seen courting behavior. How-
ever, Saupe (1929) described the one case of love play and
copulation for B. fusca which he observed during daylight.
The actions were generally much like those detailed for
6
1953] Nutting — Reproduction in Blab er us 7
some of the more common roaches (see Roth, 1952), except
that no dorsal glands are known which attract and engage
the female as in Blattella. The male vibrates his antennae
and goes through brisk quivering motions, sometimes raised
up on his legs. After contact stimuli from the interested
female he raises his wings, while the female advances over
his abdomen as far as his raised wings to the “female supe-
rior pose”. As the male makes contact with the female’s
genitalia, they simultaneously turn in opposite directions
to complete copulation in the “false-linear position” which
is typical for the roaches. The pair observed by Saupe re-
mained together for 80 minutes, but I have noted many
pairs together for four hours and more which is much
longer than is usual for most roaches.
Many texts list the occurrence of spermatophores in cer-
tain members of the Thysanura, Odonata, Neuroptera, Lep-
idoptera, Coleoptera, and several subgroups of the Orthop-
tera. Until recently, oddly enough, it was not generally
known that this method of sperm transfer is also used by
at least some of the blattids. Zabinski (1933) first described
and figured the spermatophore for Blatta orientalis, while
Qadri (1938) reported some conflicting observations on
spermatophore formation for the same species. Hagan
(1941) mentioned the genital pouch as a receptacle for
the spermatophore in Diploptera, but did not describe
it. The spermatophore of Periplaneta americana was de-
scribed and figured in position by Gupta (1947). The
formation of the spermatophore of Blattella germanica is
described and discussed by Khalifa (1950). Roth (1952)
presented notes on the spermatophores of Blattella, Blatta,
and Periplaneta. Recently Van Wyk (1952) described the
spermatophore of Leucophaea maderae. The present obser-
vations on Blaberus now make a total of five subgroups of
the Blattaria which are known to form spermatophores.
This strengthens Khalifa’s presumption that spermato-
phores are of general occurrence among the roaches.
Figs. 1 and 2 show the position of the spermatophore
(Sph) in Blaberus shortly after copulation. The freshly
deposited spermatophore is a tailed, pearly-white spheroid,
about 3.5 mm. in diameter. A clear, jelly-like mass fills
8
Psyche
[March
the vestibule (Ve) and cements (stippled area) the sperm-
atophore into the genital pouch. According to Qadri the
spermatophore of Blatta contains a number of sperm cap-
sules, while Khalifa and Van Wyk described two sperm
sacs in those of Blattella and Leucophaea. In Blaberus the
spermatophore is irregularly divided into a small and a
large compartment, while two sperm ducts lead from the
larger one to oppose the spermathecal orifices. Whereas
most of the roaches previously noted have not retained
their spermatophores longer than 24 hours before dropping
them, one Blaberus female was noted to retain her sperma-
tophore intact for five days, when on the sixth day a mass
of chalky fragments and greyish jelly was observed in her
genital pouch.
As in the other roaches which retain their eggs for a
considerable time, the ootheca resembles a thin, transparent
plastic bag drawn tightly about the eggs. It is quite smooth
and, as it varies in thickness, a dull ochreaceous to a bright
chestnut in color. A point which has previously been over-
looked in Blaberus is that the ootheca is not complete, so
that the micropylar end of each egg is plainly visible
through a slit usually wider than one egg. The extremely
delicate ootheca of Diploptera as described by Hagan, never
covers more than half of each oocyte, and may not even
cover the older eggs. Although Blaberus does not approach
this extreme, the pro- and mesothorax of each embryo are
virtually free of the ootheca shortly before birth. This open
type of ootheca may be of some importance to embryonic
respiration within the brood pouch as suggested by Hagan.
The elaborate arrangement of air tubes through the keel
of the conventional armored roach ootheca (Lawson, 1951)
Explanation of Plate 1
Fig. 1. Blaberus craniifera Burm. Ventral dissection of female repro-
ductive system showing spermatophore (Sph) cemented (stippled area)
into the genital pouch over the gonopore. The posterior ventral wall
of the genital chamber has been removed. Pig. 2. Sagittal section
through region shown in Fig. 1. AG, accessory gland; An, anus; BrS,
brood sac; C, colon; Od, oviduct; Ov, ovary; Ovp, ovipositor; R, rectum;
S, sternite; Sph, spermatophore; T, tergite; Ve, vestibule; Vul, vulva.
Psyche, 1953
VoL. 60, Plate 1
Nutting — Blaberus craniifera
10
Psyche
[March
would certainly be unnecessary, if not actually impractical
here.
One of the largest oothecae I have seen contained 45 eggs
and measured 8 x 35 mm., while an unusually small one
containing 23, probably from an old female, measured 4 x
16 mm. The average number of eggs found in 14 oothecae
was 36.4. Saupe (1929) gave an average of 23.25 eggs for
8 oothecae, ranging from 11 to 38 per ootheca in B. fusca.
Stewart (1925) reported an ootheca 14. x IV2 inches con-
taining 44 eggs from a specimen of B. ciibensis Saussure.
(Rehn and Hebard (1927) refer this species to B. discoidal-
is Serville.) Two oothecae of the Central American B.
trapezoideus Burm. measured 7 x 35 and 4.5 x 31 mm.,
and contained 40 and 41 eggs respectively. Diploptera,
which has been more thoroughly studied than any of the
viviparous roaches, exhibits a pseudoplacental type of vivi-
parity and forms an ootheca normally containing but 12
eggs. All other known viviparous roaches produce many
more eggs at a time, the numbers per ootheca generally
falling within the limits reported for these three species
of Blaberus.
While in the brood sac, all the eggs in an ootheca have
the micropylar ends directed toward the left. The smallest
eggs found in newly formed oothecae measured 1.7 - 2.0 x
4.5 - 5.0 mm. ; the largest, shortly before hatching, 2.5 x 8.2
mm. In the young germ band stage the pleuropodia re-
semble short, thick-stalked, immature mushrooms, and pro-
ject back to the posterior margin of the second abdominal
segment. In the chitinized embryo, shortly before they are
resorbed, they appear as long, thin-stalked mushrooms ex-
tending to the middle of the third abdominal segment.
They consist of a base and bulb only; there is no evidence
of any pleuropodial extension as found in Diploptera. The
eggs contain a large amount of yolk, and a considerable
amount is present shortly before hatching. In the absence
of any embryological studies on Blaberus, little more can
be said concerning embryonic nutrition ; it does not seem
likely that the mother provides any more than the original
yolk.
Many times I have seen females with a newly formed
1953]
Nutting — Reproduction in Blaberus
11
ootheca protruding about two-thirds of its length from the
brood sac. Some of these females were segregated, and
their oothecae were usually completely returned into the
brood sac within a short time. This act apparently signals
the completion of an ootheca and the beginning of the
incubation period, as has been observed in Gromphadorhina
by Chopard (1950). Neither the duration of gestation nor
the span of female reproductive life is known for any of
the species of Blaberus, although the former may last for
more than two months. Females sometimes discard an
ootheca; this has occurred most notably after the roaches
have been disturbed and handled during cage-cleaning.
Except in two cases noted below, none of these oothecae
has been known to hatch.
Recently a relatively inactive female was found with
about half the length of her ootheca extruded from the
brood sac. At least the pro- and mesothorax of each visible
embryo were free of the ootheca. The ensuing events of
hatching were observed under a low-power dissecting micro-
scope. All of these embryos were rapidly swallowing air,
and the bubbles could easily be seen passing through the
head capsule into the enlarging crop. Within 2 or 3 min-
utes the embryonic cuticle on one individual had split;
after 60 to 90 seconds, with some side to side struggling,
it was free. Although the abdominal movements of the
female indicated that she was trying to expel the ootheca,
she was unable to extrude more than three-fourths of its
length. I therefore removed the egg case, and within 10
minutes all but four unfertile eggs had hatched.
On becoming free the embryos gradually stopped swal-
lowing air; at this point they were cylindrical and about
10 mm. long. They began telescoping their abdominal seg-
ments and within a few seconds they had assumed a flat-
tened roach-like appearance measuring about 7 mm. long.
The air is probably expelled through the mouth. The young
roaches do not leave the mother but swarm over the ootheca
practically consuming it in a short time. Saupe (1929)
suspected the mother of devouring the oothecal remains.
A degree of maternal solicitude is exhibited by this roach,
for many times I have observed the female to remain
12
Psyche
[March
motionless for an hour or more with her unpigmented
brood clustered around and beneath her body. The nymphs
are completely pigmented in about 6 hours. I have recorded
the next molt as occurring within 15 to 36 days for four
different broods.
Although deposited oothecae generally do not hatch, a
mature one, picked up two days after the cage had been
cleaned, did hatch after considerable handling. While ex-
amining another ootheca six days after its deposition, it
was noted that the embryos were swallowing air. Slight
pressure on the ootheca while held between the fingers
finally resulted in the successful hatching of 14 normal
nymphs. Two more nymphs were obtained from this same
ootheca upon considerable manipulation ten days after
its deposition. On numerous other occasions mature
oothecae have been kept in humid petri dishes for two or
three weeks without hatching. The hearts of these embryos
continued beating until they finally died from mold or
desiccation. These observations strongly suggest that the
pressure exerted by the female on the ootheca during ex-
trusion supplies the necessary hatching stimulus. Unless
some such stimulus is applied to initiate the air-swallowing,
mature embryos remain helplessly encased until death.
The fine line separating ovoviviparity from viviparity
seems to be whether or not the embryos hatch before deposi-
tion. By strict definition, this single reported observation on
the birth of Blaherus nymphs would qualify it as an ovovi-
viparous insect. Many more observations would be required
to determine whether the female generally retains the
ootheca while the majority of the embryos hatch; it ap-
pears to me quite impossible for the event to take place
within the confines of the brood sac itself. Although this
categorizing is relatively unimportant, the features which
place this fine laboratory insect between the more common
oviparous roaches and the viviparous Diploptera are worth
noting.
The ovarioles have not been reduced in number (16 to
23 per ovary as opposed to 6 in Diploptera) y and the ac-
cessory glands are not as highly modified as in Diploptera.
Even though each ootheca contains a large number of eggs.
1953]
Nutting — Reproduction in Blaberus
13
the period between oothecae may be measured in weeks
rather than in days as in Periplaneta (Gould and Deay,
1940). The brood sac is very large, and the development
of the genital pouch approaches that of Diploptera. Lastly,
the ootheca is soft, thin, and open, and is retained in the
brood sac until hatching. In summary, the major modifi-
cations toward viviparity in Blaberus have occurred in the
mother and not in the embryo.
Bibliography
Chopard, L.
1950. Sur I’anatomie et la developpement d’une blatte vivipare. Proc.
8th Int. Cong. Enit. Stockholm, 218-222.
Gould, G. E. and H. O. Deay
1940. The biology of six species of cockroaches which inhabit build-
ings. Purdue Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 451, 31 pp.
Gupta, P. D.
1947. On copulation and insemination in the cockroach Periplaneta
americana (Linn.). Proc. Nat. Inst. Sci. India, 13:65-71.
Hagan, H. R.
1941. The general morphology of the female reproductive system
of a viviparous roach, Diploptera dytiscoides (Serv.) . Psyche,
48:1-9.
1951. Embryology of the viviparous insects. New York, Ronald Press.
472 + xiv pp.
Holmgren, N.
1903. Ueber vivipare Insecten. Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., 19: 431-468.
Khalifa, A.
1950. Spermatophore production in Blattella germanica L. (Orthop-
tera:Blattidae) . Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London, 25A:53-61.
Lawson, F. A.
1951. Structural features of the oothecae of certain species of cock-
roaches (Blattidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 44:269-285.
Qadri, M. a. H.
1938. The life-history and growth of the cockroach Blatta orientalis
Linn. Bull. Ent. Res., 29:263-276.
Rehn, J. a. G. and M. Hebard
1927. The Orthoptera of the West Indies: Blattidae. Bull. Amer.
Mus. Nat. Hist., 54:pp.257-262.
Roth, L. M. and E. R. Willis
1952. A study of cockroach behavior. Amer. Mid. Nat,, 47:66-129.
14
Psyche
[March
Saupe, R.
1929. Zur Kenntnis der Lebensweise der Riesenschabe Blahera fusca
Brunner und der Gewachshausschabe Pycnoscelus surinamensis
L. Zeitschr. f. angew. Ent., 14:461-500.
Stewart, A. M.
1925. Blahera cuhensis (Orthoptera) and its odtheca. Entomologist,
58:57-58.
Van Wyk, L. E.
1952. The morphology and histology of the genital organs of Leiico-
phaea maderae (Fabr.) (Blattidae, Orthoptera) . J. Ent. Soo.
S. Africa, 15:1-62.
Zabinski, J.
1933. Fonotionnement des diiferentes parties des appareils copula-
teurs chitines males et femelles de la Blatte (Periplaneta
orientalis L.) . C. R. Soc. Biol., 112:598-602.
Nemestrinidae (Diptera) of Iowa and Missouri. —
A small collection recently sent by Mr. Jean L. Laffoon, at
Iowa State College, contains a male of N eorhynchocephalus
sackenii (Williston) collected at Sioux City, Woodbury Co.,
Iowa, June 10, 1949, by J. A. Slater and J. L. Laffoon. It
was taken immediately above the mouth of the Sioux River,
on top of the loess hills which border the Missouri River
in western Iowa. Mr. Laffoon points out to me that this
area contains some plants and animals ordinarily found
only farther west. It is the first record for any of the
Nemestrinidae in Iowa. Specimens of N. sackenii were
also collected at Washington University Farm, 7 miles
southwest of Clarksville, Pike Co., Missouri, by Mr. Robert
A. Dietz, of the University of Tennessee. N. sackenii is
now recorded from British Columbia and the states of
Washington, Oregon, Montana, California, Idaho, Wyom-
ing, Utah, Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico, Kansas, Okla-
homa, Arkansas, Missouri, Iowa, Michigan, and Illinois. I
have seen specimens from Huachuca Canyon, Cochise Co.,
Arizona, August 17, 1950 (R. L. Langston). It is remark-
able that there are as yet no records from Mexico. — J.
Bequaert, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge.
ON FLANDERS’ HYPOTHESIS OF CASTE
DETERMINATION IN ANTS*
By Edward 0. Wilson
Biological Laboratories, Harvard University
S. E. Flanders (1945, 1952) has recently advanced a
hypothesis concerning caste determination in ants which
has gained wide recognition. According to Flanders, the
nutritive material available to the female embryo in the
egg determines the developmental path it will follow as a
larva, producing finally a queen or one of the worker
subcastes. The available nutritive material is assumed to
be a function of the degree of ovisorption, since this has
been shown to be the basis of discontinuous variation in
several terebrant Hymenoptera. The degree of ovisorption
in turn is assumed to be a function of one or more environ-
mental influences affecting the queen. One of the ways the
environment can act is through its effect on the rate of
oviposition, which is probably inversely related to the
degree of ovisorption.
What appears to be the crux of Flanders’ hypothesis is
stated as follows in his 1952 paper: “Since the worker
caste is characteristic of all non-parasitic ants, irrespective
of the wide variation in the larval nutrition of the various
species, it is evident that any trophic influence on caste
formation must be made effective through an agency com-
mon to all ant colonies. Such an agency is most likely to
consist of a set of conditions resident in the queen. Morph-
ological differentiation would be initiated therefore prior
to egg deposition.”
* Dr. Flanders has recently published the paper read at the December
1952 meeting of the American Section of the Internaitional Union for
the Study of Social Insects (Scientific Monthly, 76: 142-148, 1953).
This contains an extensive elaboration of his hypothesis, wifih heavy
emphasis on examples drawn from the terebrant Hymenoptera, but
presents no new experimental evidence bearing on ants and does not
take into account the objections raised by myself at the original read-
ing and presented once again in the following paper.
15
16
Psyche
[March
From the onset this line of reasoning appears weak,
since it is obvious that the environment of the ovary is by
no means the only condition affecting individual develop-
ment which is common to all ant colonies. Colonial organi-
zation and the details of individual postembryonic develop-
ment are fundamentally the same for all ants and are
amenable to the establishment of any number of physio-
logical mechanisms controlling caste differentiation. To
settle on one specific mechanism without supporting evi-
dence is to engage in almost pure speculation. Since a great
deal of new information bearing on this subject has been
brought to light in the past decade, a reevaluation of
Flanders’ suggestions and of the literature pertinent to
them is warranted at the present time.
One does not need to look far to find that Flanders’
hypothesis is contravened by a considerable body of evi-
dence, much of it resting in the literature. While it is pos-
sible that the differences in yolk content which are pre-
sumed to underlie caste differentiation may be so subtle
as to escape the eye of the casual myrmecological observer,
it still should be taken as significant that variation in egg
size and content have rarely been recorded in the liter-
ature and then have been shown definitely not to correlate
with caste differentiation (Eidmann 1931, Ledoux 1950).
Some effort has actually been made to demonstrate caste
differences at the level of the egg, as in the work of Bhat-
tacharya (1943) on Oecophylla smaragdina (Fabricius),
but with negative results. Direct evidence against the
hypothesis may be supplied by the work of Ledoux (1949,
1950) on Oecophylla longinoda (Latreille). In this species
the workers act as supplementary reproductives and can
produce males, queens, and major and minor workers with
equal facility. Two sizes of eggs are laid, averaging in
length 0.6 mm and 1.1 mm respectively. The larger size
yields males, the smaller, any of the three female castes.
The fecundated female, on the other hand, lays eggs all of
the same size, averaging 1.2 mm in length, from which
proceed either workers (at least) or males. Ledoux has
offered the logical explanation that the smaller worker
eggs produce females and not males, as would be expected
1953]
Wilson — Caste Determination
17
from unfertilized eggs, because they are laid prematurely
and at least some time before the first meiotic division.
But whatever the explanation, the important point con-
sidered here is that workers can develop from eggs of either
of the two different sizes, whereas queens develop from at
least the smaller of the two sizes. While it is true that the
size of the Oecophijlla egg may not absolutely determine
yolk content, yet it seems very probable that the differences
in yolk content between two such markedly distinct egg
sizes would greatly outweigh the very slight differences
that must be assumed to determine caste in the worker-
laid egg if Flanders’ hypothesis is correct.
The preponderance of available evidence seems to in-
dicate that the caste of female individuals is determined
in the larval period, without regard to the original condi-
tion of the egg. The work of Wesson (1940), Goetsch
(1937) , and many others in the past half century has shown
that larval feeding plays a major role; an excellent review
of this work is presented by Light (1942-43) . Gregg (1942)
has shown that the major-minor ratio in colonies of Pheid-
ole morrisi Forel affects significantly the ratio of these
castes appearing in the brood, and he has offered as the
simplest explanation that this condition originates through
trophic influences, possibly ectohormonal, on the develop-
ing larvae. Recently, Brian (1951) has outlined his pre-
liminary results from current work on caste determination
in Myrmica ruhra L. The threshold for queen-worker
divergence is reported to be in the larval period; in order
to attain queenness an overwintering larva must reach by
a certain time a weight of about 6.5 milligrams. It must
then race to reach another threshold in order to become a
fully developed queen; if it fails, it ends its development
abnormally small or as an intercaste. Ledoux (op. cit.)
presents convincing evidence that in Oecophylla longinoda
the threshold for queen-worker divergence is in very early
larval life, while the threshold for major-minor divergence
is at some time in the second larval stadium. In the work of
both Brian and Ledoux it is especially noteworthy that
larval nutrition and larval size are apparently the major
factors involved.
18
Psyche
[March
The present writer (Wilson 1953) has shown that all
stages of polymorphism in ants can be explained on the
basis of simple or modified adult allometry and correlated
changes in the frequency distribution of size. The greater
part of the differential growth underlying this allometry
must occur no sooner than the prepupal stage, when
the gross adult form is laid down by the proliferation
and deployment of the pupal hypodermis. Certain finer
details of allometry may not become apparent until later
at the onset of adult development. The allometric character
of the castes is obscured in the case of complete dimorphism,
or queen-worker and major-minor segregation, in which
the intermediates drop out and the log-log allometric re-
gression curves of the two castes become disaligned. Di-
morphism can be explained simply on the basis of abrupt
changes in the specific growth rates of the imaginal discs
of various organs at critical sizes or under certain physio-
logical influences, a phenomenon which has been demon-
strated to be fundamental in the ontogenetic growth of
many other groups of animals (Teissier 1934, Yasumatsu
1946). Queen-worker divergence, preceding in ontogeny
the allometric differentiation of the worker subcastes, prob-
ably is initiated at a critical time by the fixing in the
imaginal discs of one of two alternative specific-growth-rate
potentials ; this is attended by an approximate regulation of
the course of larval development. A second threshold of
this type may be introduced at a later stage of larval
development in the case of major-minor dimorphism. As
stated previously, the important specific-growth-rate po-
tentials are completely expressed only at or after the onset
of pupal development prior to the last larval ecdysis. This
means that differentiation of female castes at all levels is
probably a function of size, whether in the attainment of a
threshold size in larval development, in the case of di-
morphism, or in the relation of gradient allometric growth
to the total size reached at the termination of larval develop-
ment, in the case of the more elementary stages of poly-
morphism.
If an attempt is made to fit Flander’s hypothesis to this
concept, it seems to force the proposition that the nutritive
1953]
Wilson — Caste Deter minatioyi
19
material in the egg determines caste by predetermining
exactly the size reached by a larva at various stages of its
development. Such a proposition would be wrong, of course,
since it is a commonly observed fact that the growth of
larvae can be changed greatly by simply varying the amount
and kind of food supplied the colony. It appears to the
present writer that Flanders’ explanation has a good
chance of holding only under certain conditions of com-
plete dimorphism. It is not impossible that in extreme
cases the critical developmental time mentioned above can
be pushed back in ontogeny all the way through the larval
period and to the embryonic period within the egg, so that
the imaginal disc potentials are already fixed at the time of
eclosion from the egg. On the other hand, ovisorption
might exercise a subsidiary infiuence in caste determina-
tion by statistically affecting the chances of a larva attain-
ing the important size levels during its growth; existing
data on larval development are not complete enough to
evaluate this particular aspect. Whether ovisorption ever
actually plays these two roles remains to be seen, but at
the present time this outstanding fact must be accepted:
there is no direct evidence upon which to base such an
assumption.
Literature Cited
Bhattacharya, G. C.
1943. Reproduction and caste determination in aggressive red-ants
Oecophylla smaragdina Fab. Bose -Research Institute, Calcutta.
Brian, M. V.
1951. Caste determination in a myrmicine ant. Experientia, 7: 1-4.
Eidmann, H.
1931. Die Koloniegriindung von Lasius flavus F. nebst weiteren
Untersuchungen tiber die Koloniegriindung der Ameisen. Biol.
Zentralbl., 51: 657-677.
Flanders, S. E.
1945. Is caste determination in ants a function of the rate of egg
deposition? Science, 101: 245-246.
1952. Ovisorption as the mechanism causing worker development
in ants. Jour. Econ. Ent., 45: 37-39.
Goetsch, W.
1937. Die Entstehung der “Soldaten” im Ameisenstaat. Naturwis-
sensch., hrsg. A. Berliner, 25: 803-808.
20
Psyche
[March
Gregg, R. E.
1942. The origin of castes in ants with special reference to Pheidole
morrisi Forel. Ecology, 23: 295-308.
Ledoux, a.
1949. La ponte des ouvrieres de la fourmi fileuse Oecophylla longinoda
(Latr.). C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 228: 1154-1155.
1950. Recherche sur la biologie de la fourmi fileuse (Oecophylla
longinoda Latr.). Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool., 12: 312-461.
Light, S. F.
1942-1943. The determination of the castes of social insects. Quart.
Rev. Biol., 17: 312-326; 18 : 46-63.
Teissier, G.
1934. Dysharmonies et discontinuities dans la croissance. Herman
and Co., Paris. 39 pp.
Wilson, E. O.
1953. The origin and evolution of polymorphism in ants. Quart.
Rev. Biol., in press.
Yasumatsu, K.
1946. Some analyses on the growth of insects with special reference
to a phasmid, Phraortes kumamotoensis Shiraki (Orthoptera) .
Jour. Dept. Agric. Kyushu Imp. Univ., 8: 1-579.
TWO NEW SPECIES OF WATER BEETLES
FROM FLORIDA
(COLEOPTERA: DYTISCIDAE)*
By Frank N. Young
The two new species of Dytiscidae described below were
encountered during the course of the writer’s investigations
of the species comprising the genera represented in the
Florida fauna.
The new Hydrovatus is remarkable in that it is apparent-
ly confined to the peninsular region of Florida and may
represent an endemic form originally isolated on the Pleis-
tocene Islands. Examination of the type of Hydrovatus
indianensis Blatchley convinces me that it is not that species
although the two are similar. The occurrence of “giant”
forms within the limits of the populations of H. pustulatus
Melsheimer and compressus Sharp respectively suggests
the possibility that they may represent mutant or even
polyploid species.
The new Copelatus has stood on our lists for many years
as C. dehilis Sharp, but a comparison of Blatchley’s speci-
mens with true dehilis indicates that the two are distinct.
The form is probably not restricted to the Florida Keys,
unless those islands represent the remnants of a land mass
more ancient than we now suspect.
Hydrovatus peninsularis sp. nov.
Diagnosis : A moderately large, dark colored Hydrovatus
resembling in general H. indianensis Blatchley, but differ-
ing from that species in color pattern and in punctation.
From H. major Sharp or horni Crotch it differs in lacking
conspicuous sulci on the sides of the el3rtra. From H. pustu-
latus Melsheimer and compressus Sharp it differs in its
* Contribution No. 513 from the Department of Zooloigy, Indiana
University. Aided by a grant from the National Science Foundation
and published with a grant from the Museum of Comparative Zoology
at Harvard College,
21
22
Psyche
[March
larger size, different coloration, and in the structure of
the male genitalia. Total length ranges from 2.9 to 3.1
mm.; greatest width from about 1.9 to 2.1 mm. Average
size based on measurements of eight specimens about 2.98
by 1.96 mm. H. compressus, the only species so far taken
in company with peninsularis , averages about 2.31 by 1.58
mm. Peninsularis may represent a form of indianensis,
but that species is still so rare in collections that I have
had no material available for comparison except the unique
female type.
Holotype male: Form broadly oval, nearly hemis-
pherical. Outline of body when viewed from above broadest
at base of elytra, not much narrowed anteriorly, but nar-
rowing posteriorly from the humeri with a slight sinuation
near the middle of the elytra beyond which the elytra
narrow again to the acuminate tips. Strongly convex above
and below. Total length 2.92 mm. ; greatest width 1.98 mm.
Width at base of pronotum 1.81 mm.; width at apex of
pronotum 1.13 mm.; length of pronotum at midline 0.76
mm. Length from base of prosternal process to apex of
coxal lamina 1.43 mm. Width between eyes 0.73 mm. Head:
Microreticulate with some irregularly spaced, moderately
fine punctures. (Coarser punctures along inner margin of
eyes and on front in usual position for genus.) Clypeus
inconspicuously margined. Microsculpture of vertex with
meshes regular and rather deeply impressed. Pronotum:
Microsculpture much as on head. Punctation much coarser
than on head, coarse and dense along anterior and posterior
margins but somewhat finer and sparser on disk and
toward sides. Punctures at apex and base of pronotum
with some tendency to coalesce to form vermiculate sculp-
ture. Elytra : Microsculpture less deeply impressed than
on either the head or the pronotum (surface appearing
more strongly polished). Punctation coarser than on pro-
notum and arranged in roughly regular rows or striae
running from base toward apex. (Three striae of hair
bearing punctures vaguely discernible on each elytron).
Apices and lateral margins of elytra less densely and more
finely punctate than disk. A number of coarse punctures
extending posteriorly from the humerus of each elytron
1953]
Young — Water Beetles
23
apparently occupy the same position as the sulcus seen in
major and horni. Below these punctures there is a vague
longitudinal ridge above the epipleura. Venter: Metas-
ternum slightly more coarsely and irregularly punctate
than the elytra. Hind coxal plates with very large punctures
separated from one another by less than their own diameter
and in part confluent (punctures much coarser than those
of elytra; about as coarse as those of elytra in indianensis) .
Two basal abdominal sternites with a few coarse punctures ;
other sternites with microsculpture but not conspicuously
punctate (two basal abdominal sternites very coarsely and
confluently punctate in indianensis). Terminal abdominal
sternite mucronate but without a median ridge (with a
blunt projecting ridge and not strongly pointed in the
female type of indianensis). Epipleurae with some coarse,
irregularly spaced punctures. Anterior and middle tarsi:
Moderately strongly dilated. Anterior protarsal claw
slightly broader and blunter than its fellow. Genitalia:
Similar to those of compressus and pustulatus, but with the
parameres more evenly rounded at the tips, and with the
aedeagus with the constricted apical portion relatively
longer, stouter, and less strongly curved down at the tip.
Color: Head nearly uniformly reddish brown. Pronotum
with disk dark reddish brown and the lateral margins
lighter; base and apex somewhat darker, but no lighter
cross-bar between them as in indianensis. Elytra dark red-
dish brown, each with a transverse sub-basal yellowish
brown spot which reaches the lighter margin at the side
but does not attain the suture, a postmedian yellowish
brown spot, and the apices yellowish brown. Venter red-
dish brown with the metasternum and hind coxal plates
darker. Color pattern similar to that of indianensis but
differing in the narrower sub-basal spot and the larger
postmedian spot, as well as in the lack of a light cross-bar
on the pronotum.
Allotype female: Similar to the male but somewhat
more regularly oval, somewhat darker in general color, the
elytra less polished and with the anterior and middle tarsi
less strongly expanded. Total length 2.93 mm. ; greatest
width 1.97 mm. Width at base of pronotum 1.62 mm. ;
24
Psyche
[March
width at apex of pronotum 1.16 mm.; length of pronotum
at midline 0.76 mm. Length from base of prosternum to
apex of coxal lamina 1.48 mm. Width between eyes 0.78 mm.
Variation : Paratypes differ somewhat from the types
in coloration and in the coarseness of punctation. The
punctation of the pronotum in some is coarser, in others
finer than in the types.
Type locality : Holotype and allotype from : Florida :
Alachua County, Lake Newman east of Gainesville, Sept.
27, 1939 F. N. Young. Paratypes from: Florida: Alachua
County, Bivan’s Arm of Payne Prairie south of Gainesville,
Feb. 1939 F. N. Young (49); Lake Wauberg near Mican-
opy, Apr. 30, 1938, F. N. Young (1 9 ) ; Polk County, Saddle
Creek Canal, 1 mi. north of Bartow, Nov. 1, 1951 Ellis
Lanquist (1 5 ) ; and Brighton (Okeechobee), June 16, 1929,
P. J. Darlington Jr. (10 exs.).
Location of types : Holotype, allotype and two female
paratypes are in the University of Michigan, Museum of
Zoology, Ann Arbor. One male paratype is in the collection
of Ellis Lanquist at the Department of Biology, University
of Florida, Gainesville. One female paratype is in the col-
lection of H. B. Leech at the California Academy of Sci-
ences, and another in the W. S. Blatchley collection at
Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana. The Brighton para-
types are in the Museum of Comparative Zoology (Type
No. 29,018), Cambridge, Massachusetts.
Copelatus blatchleyi sp. nov.
1919 Copelatus debilis Blatchley, not of Sharp, Bull. Amer.
Mus. Nat. History, 41 (4) :312.
1932 Copelatus debilis Blatchley, not of Sharp, “In Days
Agone . . Nature Publishing Co., Indianapolis,
p. 293.
The Copelatus recorded by Blatchley from Florida
(see above) represents a species resembling, but very dis-
tinct from debilis Sharp as represented by specimens from
Texas, Mexico, and Central America. Blatchley (1932)
states that his specimens were sifted from among dead
leaves about 200 yards from tidal pools near the cemetery
at Key West. He surmises that the species may be a
1953]
Young — Water Beetles
25
brackish water form, but from the situation cited blatchleyi
will more likely be found associated with the ephemeral
rain pools which form in the broadleaved evergreen jungle
hammock associes of the Keys. It will probably also be
found in the West Indies.
Fig. 1. Lateral outline of aedeagus of holotype of Copelatus blatchleyi
from Key Wesit, Florida. Fig.2. Lateral outline of aedeagus of Copelatus
debilis from Brownsville, Texas. (Both figures drawn to same scale)
Copelatus cubaensis Schaeffer (Jour. New York Ent.
Soc., 16: 18, 1908) seems from the description to be very
similar to blatchleyi, but is described as having a sub-
marginal and six other striae on each elytron. A compari-
son of the male genitalia should help to determine the re-
lationships of several forms which we now place in differ-
ent groups almost entirely on the number of striae on the
elytra. The genitalia of debilis and blatchleyi are of a sim-
ilar type radically different from those of glyphicus or
chevrolati. C. chevrolati, the only other Copelatus so far
taken at Key West, is easily distinguished from blatchleyi
26
Psyche
[March
by having a submarginal and eight other striae on each
elytron.
Diagnosis : A small, ovate, moderately convex Copelatus
with a distinct submarginal and five other distinct striae
on each elytron (Sharp’s Group 9). The structure of the
male aedeagus is diagnostic (Fig. 1) and indicates the re-
lationship of the species to debilis Sharp (Fig.2). The lat-
ter, however, is smaller, more elongate, less convex, less
coarsely punctate, and the aedeagus differs in structure.
Average length 4.63 mm. ; average width at middle of
elytra 2.43 mm.
Holotype male : Elongate oval, greatest width at about
middle of elytra, moderately convex dorsally. Total length
4.73 mm.; greatest width 2.43 mm. Width at base of pro-
notum 2.19 mm.; width at apex of pronotum 1.30 mm.;
length of pronotum at midline 0.86 mm. Length of pro-
sternal process 0.76 mm.; length from apex of prosternal
process to apex of coxal laminae 1.57 mm. Width between
eyes 0.78 mm. Head: Microreticulate and moderately finely
punctate, punctures on vertex separated by from 2 to 3
times their diameter (coarser punctures in usual position
for genus). Pronotum: Microreticulation and punctation
on disk about as on head ; coarser punctures along anterior
margin, laterally, and in two depressions near the base on
either side of middle. Elytra : Microreticulation coarser
and more irregular than on head and pronotum; punctures
along suture and between the impressed striae coarser and
denser than on head or pronotum. Each elytron with a sub-
marginal and five other distinct, deeply impressed striae;
no sutural stria ; first discal stria about twice as distant
from the suture as from the second stria; first and second
striae a little shorter at base than outer three; second and
fifth striae somewhat abbreviated toward the apex (the
fifth showing a tendency to turn inward and almost join
the fourth toward the apex) ; submarginal stria originating
just before middle of elytra and extending a little beyond
termination of the 5th discal stria. Venter: Metasternum,
coxal plates, and abdominal sternites microreticulate and
with some parallel scratches, but not conspicuously punc-
tate in any part. Prosternal process similar to that of
1953]
Young — Water Beetles
27
debilis, but relatively stouter and more expanded behind
the anterior coxae. Anterior and middle tarsi moderately
dilated; protarsal claws simple. Anterior tibiae constricted
at base as in debilis. Genitalia : Parameres similar to those
of debilis. Aedeagus distinctive (see Fig. 1). Color: Head
reddish brown, eyes dark. Pronotum dark reddish brown
to fuscous on disk, lighter yellowish brown at anterior
angles and along margins. Elytra very dark reddish brown
to fuscous with a narrow, transverse yellowish brown area
at base not quite reaching the suture; margins and apices
diffusely lighter. Appendages and undersurface nearly
uniformly reddish brown, a little darker along sutures and
on abdominal sternites.
Allotype female : Similar to male except that specimen
is teneral and almost uniformly light yellowish brown above
and below. The specimen is in poor condition, but the
structural characters are distinct. The anterior and mid-
dle tibiae and tarsi are simple. Total length 4.59 mm. ;
greatest width 2.40 mm. Width of pronotum at base 2.11
mm.; width of pronotum at apex 1.24 mm.; length of pro-
notum at midline 0.81 mm. Length of prosternal process
0.70 mm. ; length from apex of prosternal process to apex
of coxal laminae 1.51 mm. Width between eyes 0.78 mm..
Variation : The series of specimens before me is rela-
tively uniform. Both of the females are teneral and lighter
in color, but do not seem to differ significantly otherwise.
The largest male measures 4.75 by 2.54 mm.; smallest
female 4.56 by 2.38 mm.
Type locality: Holotype, allotype, two male and one
female paratypes, all from Florida: Monroe County, Key
West, Mar. 3, 1919, W. S. Blatchley. (These apparently
represent all but four of the specimens collected by Blatch-
ley and recorded by him as debilis.)
Location of types: Holotype and allotype in the W. S.
Blatchley Collection at Purdue University. One male and
one female paratype in the University of Michigan Museum
of Zoology, Ann Arbor, Michigan. One male paratype in
the Museum of Comparative Zoology (Type No. 29,019),
Cambridge, Massachusetts.
THE BIOLOGY OF BRACHYPANORPA
(MECOPTERA)i
By F. M. Carpenter
Harvard University
The Genus Brachypanorpa, as now known, consists of
only three species, all confined to the United States : one in
the southern Appalachian region and two in the north-
western region. The distinctive features of the genus are
the absence of the long rostrum characteristic of other
Mecoptera and the reduction of the wings in the females.
The most closely related genus — and indeed the only one
which shows any affinities at all with Brachypanorpa — is
Panorpocles, known only from Japan. The species of the
latter, however, possess a distinct rostrum and fully de-
veloped wings in both sexes.
Virtually nothing has been known of the general biology
of either of these two genera. Japanese entomologists have
attempted to rear larvae of Panorpodes, but without suc-
cess. During the past two years Dr. F. Y. Cheng and I
have made observations on the habits of Brachypanorpa
carolinensis , both in the field and laboratory, and have been
able to work out part of its life-history. The present paper
includes our observations on the adults of this insect and
brings together some notes on the distribution of all three
species of the genus. In another paper Dr. Cheng will give
an account of the larva of carolinensis.
Brachypanorpa carolinensis (Banks) ^
This species was first taken by William Beutenmiiller in
the Black Mountains, North Carolina, on May 26, 1903,
and was described by Banks in 1905 (as Panorpodes caro-
linensis) from seven males in Beutenmiiller’s collection.
^ Published with a grant from the Museum of Comparative Zoology
at Harvard College.
For the nomenclature of Brachypanorpa, see my ravision of the
Nearctic Mecoptera (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 72:205-277, 1931).
28
1953]
Carpenter — Biology of Brachypanorpa
29
The exact localities in the Black Mountains at which
Beutenmiiller found his specimens are not known, but it
is clear from a short note published in 1903 that his col-
lecting was done in the southern half of the Black Moun-
tain range. On subsequent trips he took many additional
specimens of the species in that range. In late May, 1905,
Nathan Banks made a trip to the same region, but most
of his collecting was done along the North Fork of the
Swannanoa River,^ a few miles north of the town of Black
Mountain and just east of Craggy Knob, in the Craggy
Mountain range. At this locality Banks collected a great
many specimens of carolinensis , including the first females.
The latter he mentioned in a paper published in 1911,
stating that they had very short wings, were unable to fly,
and hopped about very lively. Additional females were
subsequently taken by Beutenmiiller in the Black Moun-
tains.
Other localities for the species were added by R. W.
Leiby, who found it abundant near the top of Mt. Mitchell,
the highest peak (6700') in the Black Mountains (July,
1919), and who also collected it in the Craggy Mountains
(June, 1920) about six miles from the Black Mountains
and only three miles from Banks’ locality along the North
Fork of the Swannanoa. It was also found by F. Sherman
at Linville Falls (4000', late May and June, 1920) in the
Blue Ridge Mountains, twenty miles northeast of the
Black Mountain range.
So far as I am aware, carolinensis was not collected again
for about thirty years, until May, 1951, when Dr. Cheng,
Dr. W. Nutting, Dr. K. Christiansen and I secured many
specimens at Carolina Hemlock Camp on the edge of the
Black Mountains, and brought back alive 150 males and
seven females to Cambridge for study. By what is certainly
a striking coincidence, at about this same time (May 17,
1951), several specimens were collected by Dr. P. W. Fattig
at Unicoi Gap in Georgia (near the town of Robertson). In
May, 1952, Dr. Cheng and I again visited the Black Moun-
^ Banks’ labels for this locality read, “Black Mt., North Fork Swan-
nanoa’’. It should be noted that the town of Black Mountain is not
in the Black Mountains, but is about itwenty miles south of that range.
30
Psyche
[March
tains. Both sexes of carolinensis were active when we
reached Carolina Hemlock Camp on May 15. The males re-
mained abundant until June 1, but the females were numer-
ous only on May 20th. Specimens of both sexes were collected
at many places in the Black Mountains, including Cobert
Creek, towards Deep Gap; along White Oak Creek; along
Laurel Fork, near Busick; along South Toe River towards
Bald Knob Ridge; at Potato Knob and Stepp Gap (Beuten-
miiller’s localities). Specimens were also found at Craggy
Gardens, in the Craggy Mountains. On May 23, 24 and 25,
P. W. Fattig and I found many specimens at Unicoi Gap,
at Henson Gap, and on Blue Mountain, Georgia (all be-
tween 3600' and 4000' elevation).
The history of the collecting of this insect has been given
in detail above because it contributes significant evidence
to our understanding of a change that seems to have taken
place in the female population. As stated above, the fe-
males of the three known species of Brachypanorpa have
smaller wings than the males (see Plate 2). The real
notable aspect of the record of carolinensis is that all of the
females (20 specimens) known to me to have been col-
lected from 1903 to 1920 have wings which do not reach
to the end of the abdomen (see Plate 2, fig. B) and which
were so small in area that the insects (according to Banks)
were flightless and could only hop about; whereas all the
females (80 specimens) which Dr. Cheng and I collected
in 1951 and 1952 at the previous localities, as well as new
ones, have wings which extend beyond the end of the ab-
domen (see Plate 2, fig. C) and which have such an area
that the insects were able to fly distances of several feet.
Since the males taken over the entire period show no
differentiation and the females exhibit no differences ex-
cept in wing size, I believe we are dealing here with a
single species, the female population of which has under-
Explanaticn of Plate 2
Brachypcmorpa carolinensis (Banks). A. Drawing cf male from
Carolina Hemlock Camp, North Carolina. B. Drawing cf female from
Black Mt., N. Fork of Swannanoa, North Carolina <1905). C. Drawing
of female from Carolina Hemlock Camp, North Carolina (1951). All
drawings are to scale.
Psyche, 1953 Vol. 60, Plate 2
Carpenter — Brachypanorpa carolinensis
32
Psyche
[March
gone a marked change in the past thirty years. Although
the long winged females may have been present as a small
minority in the population before 1920, they are now clearly
the majority in the same population. The reverse applies,
of course, to the short winged females. It is conceivable
that the long winged females, which are able to fly short
distances and which might, therefore, more readily find
males, have a definite selective advantage over the flightless
females. This could account for such a change taking place
in the course of a maximum of 30 generations.
The distribution of carolinensis presents some interest-
ing features. Its most northern record is now Linville
Falls, North Carolina, and its most southern near Unicoi
Gap, Georgia. The species seems to be confined to the nar-
row strip of mountainous country, about 120 miles long,
between these two places. However, even in this area, the
species appears to be local except for the Black Mountains,
where it occurs more generally. With the possible excep-
tion of one individual (the data on which are questionable),
all specimens of the species so far known to me have been
collected at elevations between 3000 and 6700 feet. At the
lower elevations, as at Carolina Hemlock Camp (3000'),
both male and female adults occur as early as May 15, but
virtually all disappear by June 4. At higher elevations
(such as 6000'), the adults do not appear until early July;
both sexes have been taken as late as July 18 on the top of
Mt. Mitchell (6700').
The species occurs only in shady woods, where the soil
is moist, though without any definite plant associations.
Galax, Rhododendron, Jack-in-the-Pulpit, jewel weed, asters
and May apple occur commonly where carolinensis is found,
but these plants are characteristic of nearly all moist woods
in the southern Appalachian region. Some of them, how-
ever, may be necessary as food for the adults of carolinen-
sis. Our first efforts to keep the adults alive in cages failed
completely because we did not find anything on which they
would feed. Bits of animal flesh or of dead insects, which
Panorpa and Neopanorpa readily consume, were not eaten
by carolinensis. Subsequent observation showed that they
fed on the epidermis of soft leaves, such as those of aster
1953]
Carpenter — Biology of Brachypanorpa
33
and jewel weed, by scraping the surface of the leaves with
their mouth-parts. Caged specimens furnished with fresh
leaves lived through the life span of adults in their natural
environment.
The males of carolinensis fly much like those of Panorpa,
though usually not quite so far. The females, after pupal
ecdysis, crawl up the stems of low-growing plants, and
spend much of the time on the ventral surface of the leaves.
This undoubtedly explains why so relatively few females
have been found. When disturbed, the females will fly,
usually downward, to another leaf or to the ground. Mating
takes place on the leaves, usually on the upper surface.
Complicated courtship, like that in Panorpa, is entirely
absent; the male quickly approaches and grasps the female
with his terminal forceps. Mating usually occurs in the
evening, but may take place anytime during the day. A
day or two after mating, the female works the tip of her
abdomen into the soil and lays a loose mass of white eggs.
Details of egg structure and development will be given by
Dr. Cheng with his account of the larva.
Brachypanorpa oregonensis (MacLachlan)
This species was first collected on Mt. Hood, Oregon, in
1881, and was described by MacLachan the same year from
males only. The males differ from those of carolinensis
chiefly by having several long ocellar bristles, absent in
the latter. The females, first described by Carpenter (1931),
are flightless, the wings being only as long as the thorax
(Text fig. IB).
B. oregonensis has now been found at many localities in
the western half of Oregon, in the area extending nearly
the full width of the state and about 130 miles inland from
the coast. Unlike carolinensis, which has been found only
at relatively high elevations, oregonensis occurs all the way
from about sea-level {e.g., Glenada and Walport) to as
high as 7000 feet at Crater Lake. Also the seasonal range
of the adults is much greater than for carolinensis. At
relatively low elevations (up to 1000'), the adults have
been found from April 20 to June 22; at higher elevations
(3000-7000'), from June 19 to August 4. Although there
34
Psyche
[March
are no observations on the occurrence of oregonensis over
a period of several weeks at any one locality, the foregoing
records suggest either a longer period of adult life than
in carolinensis or a greater seasonal period of emergence
from the pupae.
A few specimens of this insect have been found outside
the state of Oregon. One male (now in the Museum of
Comparative Zoology) was collected on the northern Cali-
fornian coast (Patrick’s Point State Park, Humboldt Co.,
June 2, 1950, W. L. Nutting and F. Werner) ; another (in
the California Academy of Sciences) was taken in northern
Idaho, almost at the Canadian border (Coolin, Priest Lake,
July 15, 1927, E. C. Van Dyke.^ The most surprising record
is a male (in the U. S. National Museum) from eastern
Utah (Neola, near Vernal, July 13, Harmston). A more
extensive series of specimens of Brachypanorpa from these
northwestern states may show that more than one species
is involved in this population, though structural details
of both sexes seem notably constant.
Brachypanorpa montana Carp.
This species was originally based on nine males from Mt.
McLoughlin, Klamath Co., Oregon, 8000-9000 feet eleva-
tion (July 19, 1930, H. A. Scullen). They were specifically
separated from oregonensis chiefly on their darker color,
since the males of Bi'achypanorpa, like those of Panorpodes
(Japan), appear to show no marked structural differences
between species. Subsequent examination of more speci-
mens of Brachypanorpa from Oregon convinced me that
the coloration was not a reliable characteristic and that
montana was a synonym of oregonensis.^ Since then a
female Brachypanorpa, having a very dark body and wings
which extend beyond the abdomen (Text-fig. 1, A), has
been collected at Lake of the Woods, Klamath Falls, Oregon
* I am indebted to Dr. E. S. Ross for the loan of this specimen.
5 Records and Notes of Nearctic Mecoptera and Raphidiodea, Bull.
Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 34(3) :163 (1939).
1953]
Carpenter — Biology of Brachypanorpa
35
(5100', July 5, 1946, B. Malkin).® There are several rea-
sons for considering this female a representative of a
species distinct from oregonensis; and since it was collected
near the type locality of montana, as pointed out by Miss
Parfin, I now believe it advisable to re-instate the latter as
Text-figure 1. A, Brachypanorpa montana Carp,, drawing of female
from Mt. McLoughlin, Oregon. Actual length of specimen, 8.7 mm. B.
Brachypanorpa oregonensis (McLach.) , drawing of female from Mary’s
Peak, Oregon. Both drawings are to scale.
® I am indebted to ithe U. S. National Museum for the loan of this
specimen, which was briefly noted by S. Parfin (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash-
ington, 49:258, 1947).
36
Psyche
[March
a valid species and tentatively to assign this female there.
Additional collecting, or better still, rearing experiments,
will undoubtedly clarify the relationship of this female,
of the males described as montana, and of oregonensis. The
most interesting aspect of this female, and my reason for
mentioning it here, is its analogy with the long winged
females of carolinensis , described above. There clearly
exist or have existed in both the eastern and western popu-
lations of Brachypanorpa long winged and short winged
females. The collecting data on carolinensis, given in some
detail above, suggest that the long winged female is now
the dominant, if not the only, form in existence in the
eastern population. Comparable data on the western fe-
males have not been obtained, but I believe the occurrence
of even the single long winged female shows that a similar
genetical trend, (i.e., towards the development of both
short winged and long winged females) has existed in both
populations. More intensive collecting of Brachypanorpa
in Oregon, especially at one locality over a whole season,
might furnish data indicating even further similarities.
TWO NEW OREGON CHILOPODS OF
THE ORDER GEOPHILIDA
By Ralph V. Chamberlin
University of Utah
Representatives of the two new centipeds described be-
low were found in a collection belonging to the Oregon
State College and submitted to me for study through the
courtesy of Vincent D. Roth of that institution.
Himantariidae
The genus Stenophilus was proposed several years ago
by the writer for several species of this family occurring
in western America which, while obviously related closely
to the European genera Meinertophilus and Latzel’s Stig-
matogaster (Haplophilus Cook), present some characters
which would require substantial emendation of those genera
to permit inclusion of the American forms. I am, therefore,
retaining for our species the name Stenophilus, emended
now from the original definition in the light of new species
subsequently discovered. Stenophilus as far as now known
differs from the European genera mentioned in lacking
conspicuous sclerotic or chitinous lines on the prosternum
and in lacking all paratergites. In Stenophilus ventral
pores may be absent, present on a few anterior sternites,
or on sternites of approximately the anterior half of the
body (rothi n. sp.). Sternal pouches such as are present in
nearly all, if not all, European species of the genera men-
tioned, have been detected in American forms only in S.
coloradanus Chamb., in which they occur on segments 25
to 35.
American species referred to Stenophilus are now known
from Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Oregon and California.
They seem to be replaced farther south by species of Gosi-
philus which are common in Mexico and the border states
from California to Louisiana. From these species those of
Stenophilus are readily distinguished by the deeper, more
angular, embayment of the labrum with its much stouter
37
38
Psyche
[March
teeth as well as by the details of the coxopleural region at
caudal end.
Body and legs yellow throughout, the head but little
darker. Head much wider than long (ad 11.5:9) and of
the form shown in fig. 1. Antennae flattened, contiguous
at base, the articles proportionately short and broad, the
last one subequal to the two preceding taken together.
Median excavation in labrum cutting through to base,
the eight median teeth large and strongly sclerotized and
laterad from these one or two weaker teeth or serrations
on each side as show in fig. 2. Coxosternum of second
maxillae with anterior indentation or excision of form
shown in fig. 3.
2
Stenophilus rothi n. sp. Fig. 1. Head in outline. Fig. 2. Labrum, with
lateral ends omitted. Fig. 3. Second maxillae.
Dorsal plates plainly bisulcate but the sulci not sharply
impressed. Ventral pores in a transverse, narrowly oblong
and clearly limited area behind middle of sternites of an-
terior half of body. Last sternite narrowly trapeziform;
prepleurites present on last segment. Coxal pores small
Stenophilus rothi new species
3
1
1953]
Chamberlin — Oregon Chilopods
39
and numerous, present over entire surface. Anal legs in-
flated in the male, the last article conically tapered. Pairs
of legs, 73.
Length of male holotype, 41 mm.
Localities. — Oregon : Marion Co., Silver Creek Falls,
male holotype taken by V. Roth on May 12, 1951. Montana:
St. Regis, female allotype taken Sept. 23, 1950, also by
Roth.
Geophilidae
Brachygeophilus tampophor new species
Body and legs yellow throughout.
Head a little longer than broad; sides over middle of
length gently convex, more strongly rounding in at ends,
the caudal margin straight; overlapping the basal plate.
Claws of the prehensors when closed reaching distal
end of first antennal article ; armed at base with a distinct
acute tooth ; the other articles and the prosternum unarmed.
Prosternum without sclerotic or chitinous lines.
No clypeal areas. Clypeus with three pairs of submedian
setae, of which the setae of the anterior pair are farther
apart than those of the median, and those of the median
pair than the most caudal. Median piece of clypeus bearing
typically 7 long conical teeth.
Spiracles all circular. Last ventral plate moderately
wide. Coxal pores 5 on each side, the two innermost of
which may be partly covered by the ventral plate. Anal
pores not detected. Pairs of legs 39 except in one specimen
in which there are 47 pairs.
Length, 15 to 20 mm.
Locality. — Oregon : Tombstone Prairie, Santiam Pass.
Seven specimens taken Aug. 13, 1949, by V. Roth.
This form differs from other western American species,
excepting B. anonyx, in having the claw of the prehensors
armed at base. From B, anonyx it differs in having the
anal legs armed with claws as well as in the smaller num-
ber of legs.
CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB
A regular meeting of the Club is held on the second Tues-
day of each month (July, August and September, excepted)
at 8:00 p.m. in Room B-455, Biological Laboratories, Divin-
ity Ave., Cambridge. Entomologists visiting Boston are
cordially invited to attend.
BACK VOLUMES OF PSYCHE
The Cambridge Entomological Club is able to offer for
sale the following volumes of Psyche. Those not mentioned
are entirely out of print.
Volumes 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, each covering a period of three
years, $5.00 each.
Volumes 10, 12, 14, 17, each covering a single year, $1.00
each.
Volumes 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, each covering a
single year, $1.50 each.
Volumes 27 to 53, each covering a single year, $2.00.
Volumes 54 to 59, each covering a single year, $3.00.
Orders for 2 or more volumes subject to a discount of
10%.
Orders for 10 or more volumes subject to a discount of
20%.
All orders should be addressed to
F. M. Carpenter, Editor of Psyche,
Biological Laboratories,
Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass.
FOR SALE
The Ants of North America, by Professor Wm. S.
Creighton. Published in April, 1950, as volume 104 of the
Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, with 585
pages and 57 plates. Price $10.00 (postpaid). Send orders
to Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard College,
Cambridge, Mass.
BLACK STEEL INSECT PINS
Trade Mark “Elephant”, the ideal black insect pin. Trade
Mark “Imperial”, formerly Czechoslovakia. Both types in
sizes No. 000-7. Also Minuten Nadeln. Request samples
and prices from the manufacturer: Emil Arlt, Spezial-
NADELFABRIK, SALZBURG, 2, P.O. BOX 76, AUSTRIA.
PSYCHE
A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY
Established in 1874
Vol. 60 June, 1953 No. 2 |
MUS. COMP. ZOOL
LIBRARY
SEP 2 8 195:
HARVARD
UfliVERSlTY
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Tabanidae from the State of Chiapas, Mexico, with Descriptions of
Two New Species (Diptera) . G. B. Fairchild .... 41
An Australian Trapeziopelta (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) . W. L.
Brown, Jr. .......... 51
Australian Carabid Beetles I. Some Clivina from Western Australia.
P. J. Darlington, Jr 52
Some New Diptera with Remarks on the Affinities of the Genus
Pnyxia Joh. F. R. Shaw 62
The Biology of Euphasiopteryx brevicomis (Townsend) (Diptera,
Taohinidae) , Parasitic in the Cone-headed Grasshoppers
(Orthoptera, Copiphorinae) , W. L. Nutting . . . . 69
New Data on the Habits of Camponotus (Myrmaphaenus) ulcerosus
Wheeler. Wm. S. Creighton 82
CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB
Officers for 1952-53
President .
.
.
. T. Eisner
Vice-President .
.
. W.
L. Brown, Jr.
Secretary .
.
E. 0. Wilson
Treasurer .
.
. F.
M. Carpenter
Executive Committee
) •
1 .
•
H. S. Fuller
S. K. Harris
EDITORIAL BOARD OF PSYCHE
F. M. Carpenter — editor
C. T. Brues
P. J. Darlington, Jr.
J. Bequaert
PSYCHE is published quarterly, the Issues appearing in March, June, September,
and December. Subscription price, per year, payable in advance: $3.00 to subscribers
in the United States and Canada; other subscriptions $3.35. Single copies, 85 cents.
Cheques and remittances should be addressed to Treasurer, Cambridge Entomological
Club, Biological Laboratories, Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
Orders for back volumes, missing numbers, notices of change of address, etc.,
should be sent to the Edi)k)rial Office of Psyche, Biological Laboratories, Harvard
University, Cambridge, Mass.
IMPORTANT NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
Manuscripts intended for publication, books intended for review, and other editorial
matter, should be addressed to Professor F. M. Carpenter, Biological Laboratories,
Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
Authors contributing articles over 8 printed pages in length will be required to
bear a part of the extra expense, for additional pages. This expense will be that
of typesetting only, which is about $3.00 per page. The actual cost of preparing
cuts for all illustrations must be borne by com.’ributors; the expense for full page
plates from line drawings is approximately $8.00 each, and for full page half-tones,
$10.00 each; smaller sizes in proportion.
AUTHOR’S SEPARATES
Reprints of articles may be secured by authors, if they are ordered before, or at
the time proofs are received for corrections. The cost of these will be furnished
by the Elditor on application.
The March, 1953, Psyche (Vol. 60, No. 1) was mailed June 26, 1953
EATON PRESS INC., WATERTOWN, MASS.
«!)S. COMP. 2001
^ IIBWRY
S£P 2 8 195 3
PSYCHE
y?*Sv'ESS!TY
Vol. 60
June, 1953
No. 2
TABANIDAE FROM THE STATE OF CHIAPAS,
MEXICO, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW
SPECIES (DIPTERA)
By G. B. Fairchild
Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, Panama
A survey for Yellow Fever immunity in wild animals,
primarily monkeys, undertaken by members of the staff
of the Gorgas Memorial Laboratory at the request of the
Pan-American Sanitary Bureau furnished an opportunity
for the writer to visit several localities in the State of
Chiapas, Mexico. Since records of Tabanidae from Chiapas
are relatively few, it is believed that a report on the col-
lections made may be of interest. Although all groups of
biting insects were collected, only the Tabanidae will be
discussed in detail here.
While we were in Chiapas about 5 weeks, from March
20 to April 25, 1951, only 20 days were actually spent in
the field, collections being made in the following localities.
Tuxtla Gutierrez. This town, the capital of the state,
was our headquarters in Chiapas. It lies in a broad valley
in a rather dry limestone area. At the time of our visit
little rain had fallen for some time, and except along the
few streams, the scrubby vegetation was mostly leafless
and insects little in evidence. Collecting along the banks of
the Rio Sabinal, a small highly polluted stream on the out-
skirts of the town, yielded a few Phlebotomus and great
numbers of Culex from hollows in large mango and cypress
trees. SimuLium were annoying at times around the hotel,
especially during the latter part of our stay, and a few
tabanids were taken on the windows of the hotel.
41
42
Psyche
[June
OCOSOCOAUTLA. This is a small town about 50 km. west
of Tuxtla on the Pan American highway. Collecting was
done on a forested ridge east of the town. The forest con-
sisted mainly of evergreen oaks with fair numbers of
Bursera, but no palms, much resembling a South Florida
oak hammock. Epiphytes were very abundant. A good
number of Phlebotomus were taken here from shallow
buttresses and hollow trees, and a species of Tabanus was
fairly abundant. Larval ticks fairly swarmed, as cattle
had access to the forest. Only one visit of a few hours was
made to this locality, on April 8.
Palenque. This town is situated in the north eastern
corner of the state, not far from the border of Tabasco.
The town itself is small and primitive, surrounded by nearly
flat sandy country, partly forested and partly open grass-
land. We took several species of tabanids and Phlebotomus
in swampy cut-over forest on the outskirts of the town on
March 28. From that date to April 4 we were encamped
in the Maya ruins which lie about 9 km. from the town on
the slopes of a range of low limestone hills. Here we were
surrounded by practically virgin forest of Humid Lower
Tropical Zone type with abundant palms. Wild animals
were quite abundant and monkeys of two genera, Ateles and
Allouata were easily secured. Tabanids were very abund-
ant, and good numbers of Phlebotomus and mosquitoes
were taken.
Santa Maria. This is a hacienda about 51 km. north or
north east of Cintalapa by road, about 35 km. airline, sit-
uated on the Rio Sta. Maria, a tributary of the Rio Grijalva.
At the time of our visit there was a sawmill operating here,
owned by the Coabas de Chiapas, S.A. where we made
headquarters from April 10 to 19. The sawmill itself is
said to be at an elevation of 800 metres and is in a narrow
valley at the confluence of two small streams. Immediately
adjacent to the sawmill the vegetation is of Arid Lower
Tropical Zone type. Across the Rio Sta. Maria, the land
rises steeply to a high ridge, the slopes clothed with heavy
forest of Humid Lower Tropical Zone type with much
mahogany and cedro, which was being cut for the sawmill.
We made camp in this forest at a place called La Puerta,
1953]
Fairchild — Mexican Tabanidae
43
an abandoned lumber camp about 10 km. from the sawmill
and said to be at the same elevation, though probably some-
what higher. Here the forest, although considerably cut-
over, consisted of very large trees with many palms. It
was distinctly dryer than Palenque, though some rain fell
during our stay. We were at this camp from April 10 to
13. Collecting at both the camp and the sawmill was
excellent.
Much of the collecting was done with the aid of a modi-
fied Shannon trap, although the use of a horse as described
by Shannon (1939, Amer. J. Trop. Med. 19 (2) : 132-133)
was dispensed with. During the day large numbers of
Tabanidae and some mosquitoes entered the trap, while
at night a gasoline lantern placed in the center compart-
ment attracted nocturnal mosquitoes and some Phleboto-
mus. In the following list those species believed to be
hitherto unrecorded for Mexico are starred.
*Assipala melanoptera (Hine). 19 $ Sta. Maria, taken
attempting to bite the collector at La Puerta camp.
None were taken in the Shannon trap. Previously
known only from Guatemala.
Chrysops latifasciata Bell. 3 $ Palenque, taken attempting
to bite in the forest around the ruins. 3 $ Sta. Maria,
attempting to bite around La Puerta camp.
Chrysops pachycnemia Hine. 1 $ Sta. Maria, in forest near
sawmill.
Chrysops scalarata Bell. 1 9 Palenque, in swampy forest
near village.
Chrysops variegata de Geer. 9 $ Palenque, in swampy
forest near village and wet forest below ruins.
'^Chrysops willistoni Hine. 1 $ Palenque, in swampy forest
near village. Previously known from Guatemala.
Scione aurulans Wied. 25 $ Palenque, very abundant at
the ruins, biting man avidly and taken in Shannon
trap during the day. 9 $ Sta. Maria, abundant at La
Puerta camp, but less annoying than at Palenque.
More specimens could easily have been taken at both
localities.
44
Psyche
[June
Esenbeckia iviedemanni Bell. 10 $ Palenque, attacking
man, attempting to bite dead monkeys, and in the
Shannon trap at the ruins. 2 9 Sta. Maria, in trap at
La Puerta camp.
Esenbeckia illota illota Will. 1 9 Palenque, attempting to
bite man in the forest near ruins.
Diachlorus ferrugatus Fab. 4 9 Palenque, in Shannon trap
at ruins.
Lepiselaga crassipes Fab. 1 9 Palenque, in Shannon trap
at ruins.
Stenotabanus minuscvXus Krob. 2 9 Palenque, in Shannon
trap at ruins. The tibiae are wholly dark, as described,
not lighter as in Panama material, but I can see no
other difference.
"^'Stenotabanus n. sp. 9 ^ 21 9 Sta. Maria, attempting to
bite and in trap at La Puerta camp. 9 9 also taken,
mostly in Shannon trap at sawmill. Described below.
Dichelacera pulchra Will. 9 9 Palenque, in Shannon trap
at ruins and attempting to bite in the forest. 1 9 Sta.
Maria, in trap at La Puerta camp. Smaller and less
contrastingly marked than Guatemalan specimens.
Chlorotabanus mexicanus Linn. 1 5 Palenque, attracted to
light near camp in ruins.
Leucotahanus leucaspis Wied. 1 9 Sta. Maria, in trap at
sawmill.
"‘''Leucotabanus canithorax Fchld. 1 9 Palenque, in trap
at ruins.
Tabanus (Tabanus) subruber Bell. 2 ^ 42 9 Palenque,
very abundant both at village and at ruins, attacking
horses in swarms and humans to a lesser extent, enter-
ing Shannon trap in very large numbers, where hun-
dreds could have been collected. 7 9 Sta. Maria, present
in fair numbers both at camp and sawmill, but only a
few collected.
Tabanus (Tabanus) yucatanus Towns. 6^29 Ocosoco-
autla, males hovering a few feet above trails, females
flying around collector and seen biting cattle. 3 ^ 22 9
Sta. Maria, males hovering over small stream, females
1953]
Fairchild — Mexican Tabanidae
45
in trap. 1^1$ Tuxtla Gutierrez, on hotel windows.
Tabanus (Lophotabanus) oculus Walk. 1 $ Palenque, in
Shannon trap near ruins.
* Tabanus {Lophotabanus) piraticus Fchld. 5 $ Palenque,
in forest near ruins in trap and attempting to bite.
12 $ Sta. Maria, in trap and attempting to bite in
forest around La Puerta camp. This species somewhat
crepuscular.
Tabanus {Taenio tab anus) lineola var. carneus Bell. 1 9
Tuxtla Gutierrez, on hotel window.
Tabanus {Taenio tab anus) amplifrons Krob. 1 $ Tuxtla,
on hotel window.
Stenotabanus (Stenotabanus) chiapasensis n. sp.
Fig. 1
Female. Length 7.5-10 mm., of wing 7-8.5 mm. Eyes
bare, in life purple to reddish brown with three narrow
transverse bands of green or bluish green. The extreme
upper margin is greenish purple or narrowly greenish blue.
Frons moderately broad, about 3 times as high as wide,
light yellowish grey pollinose. Basal callus black, nearly
square, as wide as frons, rather protuberant and with two
pits or dimples on the upper margin. No median callus in
undenuded specimens, though rubbed examples may show
a denuded streak on each side and indications of a fine
median ridge. Vertex with a rounded fiat shiny area, but
without swelling, tubercle or vestiges of ocelli. Subcallus,
fronto-clypeus and genae yellowish grey, paler than frons,
the last two with long pale hairs. Antennae orange yel-
low, the annulate portion of third segment black. Basal
plate longer than annulate portion, moderately wide, evenly
rounded above. Palpi yellowish, white pollinose, beset with
white hairs basally, black hairs apically, rather slender
Proboscis short, hardly exceeding palpi, the labella large
and membranous.
Mesonotum and scutellum dark blackish brown with
three yellowish pollinose stripes and the lateral margins
of mesonotum and apex and margins of scutellum also
46
Psyche
[June
yellowish pollinose, both mesonotum and scutellum beset
with sparse shiny yellowish and black hairs. Pleura and
sternum steel grey pollinose, thinly white haired. Wings
with subepaulet bare, costa, subcosta and first vein setose
above, subcosta more densely setose below; a rather long ap-
pendix on upper branch of third vein. Wings hyaline, all
cross veins and fork of third vein with faint to quite in-
tense dark clouds; apices of 2nd (R2) and upper branch of
3rd (R3+4) veins with dark clouds and apices of cells Ri, R2
and R4 somewhat dusky. Stigma yellow. Fore coxae yel-
lowish, grey pollinose, pale haired. Fore femora brown,
dusky at apex, mostly dark haired. Fore tibiae yellowish
and yellow haired on basal half, blackish and black haired
apically, as are the tarsi. Mid legs yellowish brown, the tips
of tibiae and tarsi a little darker, mostly pale haired. Hind
Fig. 1. Stenotahanus chiapasensis n. sp. Holotype. Antenna, frons
and palpus x 22.
femora brown, grey pollinose, pale haired. Hind tibiae
and tarsi yellowish, black haired dorsally, yellow haired
beneath.
Abdomen light brown with the following pattern in yel-
lowish and dark brown pollinosity. First tergite mainly
dark brown, the anterior angles somewhat bluish, the pos-
terior margin narrowly yellowish. Second to sixth tergites
dark brown with a narrow yellowish posterior and lateral
1953]
Fairchild — M exican Tabanidae
47
borders, broad median longitudinal yellowish bands which
reach both margins but are narrower anteriorly and small
round isolated yellowish dorsolateral spots, one on each
side. Seventh tergite brown with yellow posterior border.
The brown areas and the dorsolateral spots are clothed with
black hairs, the remaining yellow areas with yellowish
hairs. Beneath the abdomen is thinly grey pollinose, wholly
pale haired.
Male. 8-9 mm., of wing 7-8 mm. Head enlarged, eyes
bare, holoptic, the area of large facets somewhat over 1/2
total eye area, the two types of facets well differentiated
and demarkated. Large facets brown, small facets purple
with two narrow green bands and a small segment of a
third band at extreme outer angle. Tubercle at vertex
deeply sunk between eyes, hardly discernible. Frontal tri-
angle yellowish grey pollinose. Antennae more slender
than in female, yellow, the annulate portion black. Palpi
inflated, porrect, cylindrical but ending in a sharp point,
clothed with long black and white hairs. Wings, legs, thorax
and abdomen as in female, except that the abdominal color
pattern is less sharply marked, the pollinosity sparser and
all hairs longer. The abdomen is also very much more
slender, the last few segments narrowed almost to a point.
Holotype, female. Hacienda Sta. Maria, on Rio Sta.
Maria, 35 km. north of Cintalapa, Chiapas, Mexico, 15
April 1951.
Allotype male, same locality, 11 April 1951.
Paratypes 28 females, 7 males, same locality, 11, 15 and
18 April 1951, attempting to bite the collectors or in a
Shannon trap. All Fairchild and Hartmann colls.
This little species appears to most nearly resemble St.
crihellum 0. S., sharing with it the presence of a bare patch
at vertex, but no true tubercle and having a similar frons
and callus. In rubbed specimens the trident-shaped median
callus shown by Stone (1938) for cribellum is quite evident.
The male, however, has but a vestige of a vertical tubercle,
deeply sunk between the eyes and difficult to detect and
the facets are very well differentiated, somewhat in con-
trast to the male of cribellum described by Philip (1941, p.
11). The abdominal pattern and spotted wings will easily
48
Psyche
[June
separate the present species from cribellum, pumiloides
Will., campechianus Towns, and subtilis Bell, all of which
appear to be small species with relatively broad frons and
a more or less distinct median stripe on abdomen.
This species appears to me to form in some ways a con-
necting link between such species as St. littoreus Hine, and
paitillensis Fchld. which I would place in Aegialomyia
Philip, and the more typical species of Stenotabanus as
represented by the Genotype taeniotes Wied. and the closely
related fulvistriatus Hine. The latter have definite vestiges
of ocelli on a small vertical tubercle, and the vertical tuber-
cle of the male of at least fulvistriatus is quite obvious and
on a level with the eyes. The eye pattern of chiapasensis
is also closely similar to that of fulvistriatus. On the other
hand, the relatively broader frons, lack of vertical tubercle
and abdominal pattern, seem to indicate relationship to
littoreus. The pattern of the eye in life seems to be of little
help in grouping these species, as fulvistriatus has a pat-
tern very much like jamaicensis Newst., ananasi Fchld.
and psamophilus O.S., while the eyes of littoreus Hine have
but two green bands. Paitillensis Fchld. is intermediate,
having three green stripes, but the middle one very narrow.
I take this opportunity to describe the following new
species here, since part of the material is from Chiapas,
though it was not taken on our trip.
Stenotabanus (Stenotabanus) litotes n. sp.
Fig. 2
Female. Length 9-11.5 mm., of wing 9-12 mm. Eyes
bare, purple with two transverse green bands separated by
a purple median band of equal width. Frons yellowish
grey pollinose, the basal callus dark brown to black, a little
higher than wide, not quite as wide as frons, prolonged
above in a spindle-shaped ridge or median callus. Vertical
tubercle small but discrete, with vestiges of ocelli and sur-
rounded by a discolored patch which may be more or less
bare. Subcallus yellowish pollinose, concolorous with frons,
fading to steel grey on genae and frontoclypeus. Beard
pale grey. Antennae dull yellowish throughout, the first
1953]
Fah'chilcl — Mexican Tabaniclae
49
two segments sparsely pale pollinose and black haired, the
third rather slender with a weak to moderate dorsal angle.
Palpi moderately inflated, slender tipped, yellowish, white
pollinose, mostly black haired but with more or less
white hair basally. Proboscis short, hardly exceeding palpi,
brown, the labella fleshy.
Fig. 2. Stenotahanus litotes n. sp. Holotype. Antenna, frons and
palpus X 22.
Mesonotum light brown, thinly greyish brown pollinose
and with two slender, rather faint, yellowish pollinose
stripes. Both mesonotum and the concolorous scutellum
clothed with pale hairs. Pleura and sternum pale grey,
sparsely pale haired. Wings with subepaulet bare, costa,
subcosta and first vein setose above, and a short to moder-
ate appendix on upper branch of third vein. Wings faintly
yellowish smoky, but without distinct clouds or streaks;
costal cell not darker, stigma yellow. Legs dull yellowish
brown, the tarsi darker and fore tibiae obscurely bicolored
through having pale hairs on basal half, black hairs distally.
Abdomen brown, mainly brown pollinose, but the hind
and lateral margins of all tergites pale yellowish pollinose.
There are also indistinct pale pollinose narrow median tri-
angles, in most specimens forming a faint to clear median
stripe, in a few interrupted on the anterior part of each
tergite. In most specimens there are no indications of dor-
50
Psyche
[June
solateral spots, but in a few there are obscure and ill-defined
paler dorsolateral patches on some or all tergites. Pale
yellowish hairs clothe the pale pollinose areas, dark hairs
the dark areas. Beneath the abdomen is pale grey, wholly
pale haired
Holotype female, labelled “M.F. 4222 Vigi. Chis. 20-V-35”
probably Finca Vergel, Chiapas, Mexico.
Paratypes, 2 females same locality as holotype, labelled
15-V-35 and 21-V-35; 4 females Panajachel, Guatemala, 6
Aug. 1943, and 1 female Tzanjuyu, Panajachel, Guatemala,
20 Aug. 1943, D. M. Jobbins coll.; 3 females Antigua,
Guatemala, no date, J. R. de Leon coll. ; 4 females Yepocapa,
Dept. Chimaltenango, Guatemala, 11 Aug. (1) and 31 Oct.
(3), 1949, H. T. Dalmat coll.
The holotype and the two other Chiapas specimens are
from the late Dr. A. Dampf’s collection, labelled in his
handwriting, and sent to me by Dr. C. B. Philip. The
holotype and seven paratypes are in Dr. Philip’s collec-
tion, the remaining paratypes in the author’s collection.
This obscurely marked little species was tentatively de-
termined by both Dr. Philip and myself as St. pallipes
Krober, described from Brazil. Krober’s description was
drawn from a specimen preserved in alcohol, but indicates
a much paler, more yellowish insect, and the wings are
described as absolutely glass clear. Three of the present
series were also alcoholics, but are very much darker than
Krober’s description indicates. The present species also
shows differences in the frons and a somewhat broader
third antennal segment and more slender palpi.
From the description of Tabanus siibtilis Bell the present
species differs in having wholly pale antennae and pale
femora. Dr. Bequaert’s notes on the types show that sub-
tilbs is a Stenotabanus, with bare subepaulets, and he con-
firms the presence of a black annulate portion to the third
antennal segment.
Tabanus pumiloides Will, differs, according to the de-
scription, in having a much more marked angle on the
dorsal aspect of the third antennal segment, and also in
having a black annulate portion to this segment. The legs
are said to be black with the tibiae basally yellow. It seems
1953]
Fairchild — Mexican Tabanidae
51
difficult to separate pumiloides and subtilis from the de-
scriptions. Both were described from Mexico, pumiloides
from Guerrero and Jalisco, subtilis from Oaxaca. Direct
type comparisons will be needed to achieve certainty in
this difficult group, but the present species is separable on
color characters at least.
References
Stone, A.
1938. Horseflies of the subfamily Tabaninae of the Nearctic region.
U.S.D.A. Misc. Pub. 305: 1-171, 79 figs.
Philip, C. B.
1941. Comments oin the .supra -ispeciflc categories of Nearctic
Tabanidae. Can. Ent., 73: 1-14.
An Australian Trapeziopelta (Hymenoptera: Form-
ICIDAE). — Specimens of Trapeziopelta collected by me at
Mt. Dandenong (2000 feet) and Olinda (1600 feet) under
stones in grassy-floored moist sclerophyll (eucalypt) forest,
Dandenong Ranges, Victoria, Australia compare very
closely with the types of Myopias tasmaniensis Wheeler
(1923, Psyche, 30: 177-179, fig. 1, worker), kept in the
Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard University.
My series also compared equally well with types of Trap-
eziopelta diadela Clark (1934, Mem. Nat. Mus., Melbourne;
No. 8: 54-55, pi. 4, figs. 7, 8, worker and female). All of
the specimens concerned belong to one species, which is
correctly assigned to Trapeziopelta on the basis of the
clypeal structure. The correct name of the species is there-
fore Trapeziopelta tasmaniensis (Wheeler), new combin-
ation, and T. diadela Clark is its new synonym. The species
is now known from widely separated localities in Tasmania
and southern Victoria, where it appears to prefer higher-
rainfall sclerophyllous forest.
At least two other species of Trapeziopelta, remaining
unstudied, occur in southeastern and northeastern Queens-
land. — W. L. Brown, Jr., Museum of Comparative Zo-
ology, Harvard University.
AUSTRALIAN CARABID BEETLES I.
SOME CLIVINA FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA^
By P. J. Darlington Jr.
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University
This is the first of what I hope will be a long series of
papers on Australian Carabidae. The papers will be based
chiefly on the collection of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology. The Museum possesses much material secured in
Australia, especially in eastern and southwestern districts,
by myself and other members of the Harvard Australian
Expedition of 1931-1932; some collected by myself in South
Queensland in October and November 1943, while I was
staging with the 26th Malaria Survey Unit of the Army of
the United States; and sets of duplicates from the South
Australian Museum, the National Museum at Melbourne,
and from several private collectors; and recently we have
received additional interesting specimens from many local-
ities in Australia collected in 1950-1951 by Dr. W. L. Brown,
now Assistant Curator of Insects at the M. C. Z. I plan to
work up appropriate portions of this material in connection
with study of large collections of New Guinean Carabidae
secured during the war. The present paper concerns certain
interesting Western Australian species of the nearly cos-
mopolitan genus Clivina.
My intention in this series of papers is, so far as possible,
to describe only those new species which are well defined and
of which we have more than one specimen, and to return at
least one of the type series of each new form to Australia.
I am particularly anxious that a good set of specimens be
deposited at Canberra, with the collection of the late Thomas
G. Sloane, who did so much fine work on Australian
Carabidae.
The papers of this series are to be regarded as prelim-
inary to more extensive work which I plan to do on Aus-
^ Published with a grant from the Museum of Comparative Zoology
at Harvard College.
52
1953]
Darling ton — Australian Carabidae
53
tralian Carabidae after (I hope) another collecting trip to
Australia and accumulation of much more material. The
later work is planned to take the form of revisions with
comparative illustrations. Since I cannot foresee the exact
forms of illustration which will prove most useful in dif-
ferent groups, I do not plan to illustrate the present pre-
liminary series.
All statements of proportions, e. g. the relative widths of
head and prothorax, in my descriptions are based upon
actual measurements made with a ruled ocular in a binocular
microscope. It is not possible to estimate proportions accu-
rately without measuring. Width of head includes the eyes ;
width of prothorax is greatest width ; length of prothorax,
length at middle including margins, but not including ad-
vanced anterior angles or the peduncle; width of elytra is
greatest width; length of elytra, length from a transverse
line tangent to the base to apex at suture, with the specimen
in normal, flat position.
Sloane’s revision of Australian Clivina appeared in 1896;
his supplementary revision of certain groups, in 1904; and
additional descriptions in 1896, 1907, 1916, 1917, and 1923
(see references). These papers lay the groundwork for
classiflcation of the Australian species of the genus, but
much detailed work remains to be done. There is hardly a
species which does not need to be redescribed and figured
and its variations studied. Two characters deserve special
mention here, one because it has been overstressed by
Sloane, the other because it has not been noticed enough.
The transverse impression of the declivity of the prosternal
process is not a trustworthy taxonomic character ; the
impression is sometimes both present and absent in different
specimens of series of single species from single localities.
The inner or flying wings, supposed by Sloane (1896, p. 145)
always to be present in Australian Clivina, are actually
vestigial in some of the species, including one of the new
ones described below. Dimorphism of inner wings may occur
too, but has not yet been demonstrated in any Australian
species of Clivina.
The new species of Clivina here described have been
checked not only against the collection of the Museum of
54
Psyche
[June
Comparative Zoology and the literature, but against the
collection of the British Museum, which contains Black-
burn’s types and specimens identified by Sloane. The present
new species all go into Clivina in the strict sense in Kult’s
classification {Acta Soc. Ent. Cechosl. [Czecholovakia]
XLiv, 1947, 26-37).
Clivina frenchi Sloane (1896, p. 159)
Previously known from North Queensland and from Lake
Callabonna, South Australia. I took a series of specimens,
which agree exactly with the description, near WiLUNA,
interior of Western Australia, September 28 to October
3, 1931, some on the shores of Lake Violet (near Lake Way)
and others beside water holes on Mr. Alfred G. Paterson’s
station, ‘‘Yandil”. These specimens vary in size from about
7.0 to 9.5 mm., and in color from dark piceous to rufous
with head and prothorax slightly darker. The elytral striae
are all free at base in most specimens, but the basal end of
the 5th stria is very close to that of the 6th and occasionally
the two are connected, leaving only 4 striae free at base.
This is an example of the sort of variation, affecting Sloane’s
group characters, which has not yet been properly studied
in most Australian’ and which must be understood
before the species can be finally arranged in natural groups.
C. frenchi is apparently closely allied to C. obsoleta Sloane
(and to the following new species), although Sloane put
f)‘cnchi and obsoleta in different groups.
Clivina diluta n. sp.
Parallel, cylindrical, but not more slender than usual;
head very large, neck wide; shining, head and prothorax
piceous or castaneous, elytra more or less dilute brown;
body below piceous or dark rufous, somewhat paler an-
teriorly; anterior legs rufous, antennae and middle and
posterior legs brownish testaceous. Head 7 8 or slightly less
wide as prothorax (by measurement — to the eye, the head
seems virtually as wide as prothorax) ; mandibles rather
short; clypeus with middle part separated from wings,
depressed, and rather strongly emarginate at middle, with
1953]
Darlington — Australian Carabiclae
55
angles of median part forming strong teeth ; clypeal wings al-
most as prominent as teeth of median part, with outer angles
narrowly rounded, separated from supra-antennal plates by
distinct notches; eyes small, only slightly more prominent
than supra-antennal plates, but not enclosed behind ; 2
supra-orbital setae each side in all specimens; front not
distinctly separated from clypeus, only slightly convex, with
frontal sulci recurved; occiput without transverse impressed
line; middle of front and usually sides and vertex also, but
not occiput, closely punctate. Prothorax with lateral margins
entire or nearly so, but in some specimens becoming vague
or obsolete just before reaching basal margin; without
longitudinal foveae on episterna; about as long as wide,
with sides approximately parallel; front margin distinctly
emarginate (as seen on a line perpendicular to pronotum) ;
posterior angles broadly rounded ; anterior angles acute
except finely blunted (as usual) ; disc with median line fine,
but distinct, anterior transverse impression more or less
obsolete, sub-basal lateral impressions long, reaching to
slightly in front of middle; surface of disc finely, sparsely
punctulate and with a few irregular transverse strioles;
posterior declivity vaguely rugose. Elytra parallel, hardly
1/20 wider than prothorax, truncate at base; 4 inner striae
free at base, 5th united with 6th; subhumeral carina short,
not very distinct; striae almost entire, but vague or obliter-
ated just before apex, punctulate; intervals nearly flat, 3rd
with usual 4 distinct setigerous punctures on outer edge,
surface of intervals with some fine, irregular, transverse
strioles, but not distinctly punctulate. Prosternal process
very narrow (attenuate) between anterior parts of coxae;
prosternal episterna and lower surface of head and abdo-
men, especially at sides, with distinct isodj' ^.metric micro-
sculpture; body virtually impunctate below. Anterior
femora rather strongly lobed below; anterior tibiae each
strongly 4-dentate externally, and with upper internal
spine somewhat curved and thickened; middle tibiae each
with a spur about 1/3 from apex externally. Length about
6.3-7.0; width about 1.7 mm.
Holotj^e (M. C. Z. Type No. 23,091) and 7 paratypes all
from Wiluna and vicinity. Western Australia, most from
56
Psyche
[June
Lake Violet but a few from “Yandil”, Sept. 28-Oct. 3, 1931 ;
from banks of ponds and water holes.
This new species is closely related probably only to
Clivina obsoleta SI. of Cape York (see Sloane’s key, 1896,
p. 162). The most important difference is probably in the
form of the anterior angles of the prothorax. The prothorax
is described as slightly narrowed anteriorly in obsoleta, with
anterior margin truncate and anterior angles obtuse ; while
in diluta the prothorax is parallel, with anterior margin
slighly emarginate and anterior angles somewhat acute
except that, as usual in this genus, they are slightly blunted.
Moreover, the head is probably much more closely punctate
in diluta than in obsoleta, the front of the clypeus is emarg-
inate at middle (described as truncate in obsoleta), and the
description of obsoleta suggests other slight differences. I
have not seen specimens of obsoleta. I believe that diluta is
distinct from it, but the former may prove to be only a well-
defined western subspecies of it rather than a separate
species. The present new species, diluta, resembles C.
frenchi SI. (as obsoleta too is said to do) but is smaller,
with a (short) subhumeral carina, relatively longer pro-
thorax, and clypeus much more deeply emarginate at middle.
These differences are not sexual, for dissection shows that
I have both sexes of both species.
Clivina wiluna n. sp.
Parallel, cylindrical, head not unusually large ; brown,
darker (sometimes blackish) anteriorly. Head about 4/5
width prothorax; mandibles short; clypeus with middle part
separated from wings, angles advanced and dentiform,
clypeal wings angulate or sub-angulate externally, nearly as
prominent as angles of median part, separated by distinct
notches from supra-antennal plates ; latter with outer angles
somewhat variable in form but usually less (never more)
prominent than angles of clypeal wings; eyes prominent,
much more so than supra-antennal plates ; front not
distinctly separated from clypeus, more or less (variably)
impressed at middle, frontal sulci recurved, front sparsely
or not distinctly punctate, except punctation sometimes
more distinct at middle. Prothorax slightly (1/20 or 1/10)
1953]
Darlington — Australian Carabidae
57
longer than wide, slightly but distinctly narrowed ant-
eriorly; anterior margin approximately truncate; posterior
angles broadly rounded, anterior ones right or slightly
obtuse, blunted; disc with middle line distinct, anterior
transverse impression obsolete or nearly so, sub-basal lateral
impression short and vague; surface of disc smooth except
for a few transverse strioles. Elytra only 1/10 or 1/20
wider than prothorax, parallel, truncate at base; 4 inner
striae free at base, 5th united with 6th; sub-humeral carina
short, indistinct; striae entire except some very briefly
obsolete at extreme apex, punctulate ; intervals slightly
convex, 3rd with usual 4 distinct setigerous punctures on
outer edge. Prosternal process very narrow (attenuate)
between anterior parts of coxae; prosternal episterna dull;
body impunctate below. Anterior femora stout, lobed below;
anterior tibiae 4-dentate externally, the upper tooth much
shorter than the others but distinct and acute; upper in-
ternal spine of front tibia somewhat curved and thickened;
middle tibia with spur about 1/3 from apex externally.
Length 5. 7-6. 4; width about 1.6 mm.
Holotype (M. C. Z. Type No. 23,092) and 14 paratypes
from Wiluna and vicinity. Western Australia, most at
'‘Yandil” but 1 from Lake Violet, Sept. 28-Oct. 3, 1931 ;
from the banks of ponds and water holes.
Apparently closely related only to Clivina cylindriformis
SI. from the Gulf of Carpentaria (see Sloane’s key, 1896,
p. 162). The most important differences are that the front
femur of iviluna is 4-dentate externally (described as 3-
dentate in cylindriformis) and that in iviluna the clypeal
wings are angulate and at least as prominent as and usually
more prominent than the angles of the supra-aiitennal plates
(clypeal wings described as rounded and apparently much
less prominent than the angles of the supra-antennal plates
in cylindriformis) . As compared with the description of
cylindriformis, wiluna evidently also has the median part
of the clypeus with more prominent angles, the front much
less punctate, and the color paler; and the prosternum is
usually not sulcate across the base in iviluna, although
this is not a trustworthy character. I have not seen speci-
mens of cylindriformis. From C. obsoleta SI., to which
58
Psyche
[June
unluna might be run in Sloane’s key, wilwna differs in
having a much smaller head, with relatively more prominent
eyes.
Clivina suturalis Putz.
As Sloane has pointed out (1920, p. 122), verticalis Putz.
and dorsalis Blackb. seem to be synonyms of this species.
The species is extremely variable in color. A long series
from Rottnest Island (near Perth), Western Australia,
taken in October, 1931, varies from elytra testaceous with
the sutural region only slightly reddish (these specimens
possibly slightly immature) to black with only a short
reddish dash behind the humerus, the dash not reaching the
middle of the elytral length, and all stages of intermediates
occur.
Clivina grata n. sp.
Of about average stoutness for Clivina, convex but not
cylindrical; color either entirely rufous or rufous with
elytra piceous black and lower surface posteriorly rufo-
piceous; surface above moderately shining. Head % or a
trifle less width prothorax; mandibles rather short but
acute ; clypeus with- median part evenly slightly emarginate,
separated from wings by indistinct, very obtuse notches;
eyes small, enclosed behind by convex genae about as long
as eyes and nearly as prominent; front not distinctly
separated from clypeus, slightly convex between broad
facial sulci ; vertex slightly impressed at middle ; vertex and
front, but not clypeus, rather closely punctate. Prothorax
1/10 (slightlyi) longer than wide, widest about 1/3 from
base, thence slightly narrowed anteriorly; posterior angles
broadly rounded, finely denticulate, anterior angles minutely
prominent; disc with median line and apical transverse line
distinct, surface of disc entirely covered with fine, rather
irregular punctation. Elytra 1/6 or 1/7 wider than pro-
thorax, elongate oval rather than parallel, with humeri
slightly narrowed; 3 inner striae free at base, 4th united
with external striae; subhumeral carinae distinct; striae
entire except partly obliterated at extreme apex, impressed
and punctate on disc; discal striae convex, 3rd with 4
distinct setigerous punctures on outer edge. Prosternum
1953]
Darlington — Australian Carabiclae
59
transversely sulcate in front, prosternal process very fine
(attenuate) opposite front margins of coxae; prosternal
episterna closely rugulose; indistinct traces of punctation
at sides of prosternum (not on episterna) ; hind body below
roughened at sides but not distinctly punctate. Inner wings
reduced to narrow strips about V2 length of elytra; metepi-
sterna shortened. Anterior femur with lower, posterior
margin approximately straight (faintly convex) as seen
from behind; anterior tibia externally with three long
teeth and (above them) a small triangular projection;
middle tibia with a slender spur 1/3 or i/4 from apex. Length
5 mm. (or slightly less) ; width about 1.4 mm.
Holotype (M. C. Z. No. 23,093) and 2 paratypes all from
near the town of Margaret River, southwestern division
of Western Australia, October, 1931.
This species finds its closest relatives in the Heterogena
Group of Clivina. In Sloane’s second key (1904, p. 714) it
would go with olliffi SI. and blackhurni SI., differing from
the former by being smaller and with narrower prothorax,
and from the latter by having a distinct anterior transverse
line on the pronotum. So far as I can judge from the
descriptions alone, there are many other differences too.
The separation of the median part of the clypeus from the
clypeal wings in grata is so slight that the species might
easily be referred to the Australasiae Group, where it would
run (in Sloane’s key, 1904, p. 719) to ferruginea or to nigra
or occulta, but it probably is not really very closely related
to any of these.
In my opinion, this new species {grata) really represents
some stock close to heterogena Putz., modified as a result
of reduction of the wings. The other characters which
distinguish grata, especially the more oval elytra and
shortened metepisterna, often accompany or follow wing-
reduction among Carabidae {cf. Darlington 1936) and
occur in some other (unhplated) flightless Australian
Clivina, especially in the Procera Group. Even the reduced
eyes of grata may be a secondary result of wing atrophy.
I took, also at Margaret River, a single specimen of a
Clivina which may represent the winged stock from which
grata has been derived. It is bicolored like some examples
60
Psyche
[June
of grata and is similar also in many ways structurally, but
it is fully winged, with elytra parallel-sided, metepisterna
long, and eyes relatively large. In these respects it is very
close to heterogena, of which we have a series from Victoria.
However, the Margaret River specimen differs from both
heterogena and the present new species (grata) in having
the abdomen rugose-punctate, most strongly so on the apical
segment. The differences between this specimen and grata
seem too great for them to be forms of a single dimorphic
species. This specimen very likely represents a new species,
but I do not care to describe it without more material.
Clivina sculpticeps n. sp.
Rather broad, subparallel, only moderately convex ;
rufous, not very shining. Head about 7/10 width prothorax;
mandibles short; clypeus with marginal outline as in
australasiae and its immediate allies, broadly emarginate
at middle, with median part not at all separated from wings ;
latter rounded, separated from supra-ocular plates by
obtuse notches; eyes prominent; front separated from
clypeus by a deep and conspicuous transverse impression,
and clypeus before impression with a broad more or less
semicircular swelling; front and usually vertex somewhat
variably longitudinally impressed at middle, and usually
also with oblique irregular impressions at sides; frontal
sulci long, recurved; front impunctate or virtually so;
occiput with a few punctures at sides. Prothorax as wide as
long or barely wider, moderately narrowed anteriorly;
posterior angles broadly rounded, slightly dentate ; anterior
angles also rounded, but more narrowly so ; disc with median
and anterior transverse lines distinct, sub-basal lateral
impressions faint or obsolete; surface of disc impunctate,
with a few transverse strioles. Elytra about 1/10 wider than
prothorax, only slightly narrowed anteriorly, with base
subtruncate; humeri distinct, rather narrowly rounded;
only 3 striae free at base; sub-humeral carinae well
developed; striae entire, moderately impressed (less so
apically), punctulate; intervals convex, 3rd 4-punctate as
usual. Prosternum more or less sulcate transversely an-
teriorly, with episterna striolate and rugulose, not punctate;
1953]
Darlington — Australian Carahidae
61
prosternal process narrow but not “attenuate” between
anterior parts of coxae; body below locally rugulose but
not punctate. Anterior femora with lower posterior margin
slightly convex; anterior tibiae strongly 3-dentate; middle
tibia with a strong spur about from apex externally.
Length 7. 8-9.0; width 2. 2-2. 5 mm.
Holotype (M. C. Z. Type No. 23,094) and 4 paratypes all
from Geraldton, Western Australia, October, 1931. Also
1 specimen, not a type, measuring only 6.5 by 1.8 mm.,
from Meekatharra, Western Australia (nearly 300 miles
inland from Geraldton), Sept. 25, 1931.
The form of the clypeal margin and the distinct joining of
the 4th and 5th elytral striae at base put this new species
in Sloane’s Australasiae Group. In Sloane’s second key
(1904, p. 719) it actually runs to australasiae and the
latter’s close relatives lepida Putz. and dingo SI., but the
new species (scidpticeps) differs from all of them by the
conspicuous and rather complex sculpture of the head. The
brown rather than black coloration is probably also a
distinguishing character of scidpticeps, but a relatively
unimportant one.
References
Darlington, P. J. Jr.
1936. Variation and atrophy of flying wings of some carabid beetles.
Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 29:136-176, pis. i-iii.
Sloane, T. G.
1896. On the Australian Clivinides. Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales, 21:143-257, 275-280.
1904. Revisional notes Clivinini. Ibid., 29:710-733.
1905. [Check-list of Clivina.l Ibid., 30 Suppl.: 4-8.
1907. [New ClivinaJ Ibid., 32:346-350.
1916. [New Clivina.l Ibid., 41:600-607.
1917. [New Clivina.'] Ibid., 42:406.
1920. [Tasmanian Clivina.l Ibid., 45:122-123.
1923. [New ClivinaJ Ibid., 48:18-19.
SOME NEW DIPTERA WITH REMARKS ON
THE AFFINITIES OF THE GENUS PNYXIA JOH.
By F. R. Shaw
University of Massachusetts
In a lot of material sent to me for identification bv Dr.
Peter Bellinger, while a student at Yale University, I found
some specimens of unusual interest. Most of the insects fall
in the genus Bradysia^ of the family Sciaridae. There were
a few Mycetophilidae.
By far the most interesting insects were small Diptera
resembling Cecidomyiidae. The females are wingless and
lack halteres. The males have antennae similar to certain
gall midges. At first, the specimens were believed to fall
in the genus Peyerimhoffla but further study indicated
that their affinities were not with this group. It was finally
determined that the insects would fall within the genera
Pnyxia Johannsen or Epidapus Haliday.
Through the kindness of Alan Stone of the U.S. National
Museum, I was able to borrow specimens originally de-
scribed by Hopkins as Epidapus scabiei but subsequently
placed in the genus Pnyxia by Johannsen. Two char">p' ^rs
used to recognize Pnyxia include the absence of the dorsal
eye-bridge and the shape of the palpi. Since the dorsal eye-
bridge is greatly reduced in the females I was examining,
I wondered if Hopkins could have overlooked this structure.
My material also possesses a one-segmented maxillary
palpus as is characteristic of Pnyxia.
A thorough study of Pnyxia scabiei (Hopkins) revealed
the complete absence of an eye-bridge. The palpi although
one-segmented are more or less cup-shaped and possess a
great number of small peg-like setae on the concave surface.
Thes.^^are entirely lacking in the specimens I was examining.
Another feature I found of value to distinguish my material
* I am following the interpretation of Frey, 1948, of the generic
concepts of the Sciaridae.
62
1953]
Shaw — New Dipt era
63
from Pmjxia is that in Pnyxia there is a snout-like projec-
tion above the antennae.
In general appearance, the males of my specimens closely
resemble those of Pnyxia except for the palpal structure
and presence of an eye-bridge. The eye-bridge in both sexes
IS greatly reduced being not over one facet wide in the
male and possessing a total of eight facets in the female
In the female most of the facets are located in front of the
ocelli and they are easily overlooked.
The systematic position of Pnyxia has been somewhat
uncertain. Johannsen, 1912, indicated that according to
Enderlein, this genus would be placed in the Mycetophilinae.
Edwards, 1925, placed the genus in the Sciophilinae. Frey,
1942, makes the following statement concerning this genus,
'‘nicht zu den Sciariden gehdren die Gattungen Pnyxia Joh!
und Allostooma Schmitz.’’ My conclusions concerning this
matter are that Pnyxia is a sciarid. The thoracic sclerites
show that the affinities of the genus are closest to the
Sciaridae. The reduced eye-bridge in the specimens I am
naming as a new species of Epidapus is certainly a step
toward the loss of the eye-bridge in Pnyxia.
A total of four new species was found in the course of
study of the specimens. These include Epidapus johannseni,
Zelmira williami, Bradysia bellingeri and B. farn. Their
descriptions appear herewith.
Epidapus johannseni n. sp.
Male. Length 1 mm., General color dark brown, legs
and abdomen lighter. Resembles a cecidomyiid in general
appearance.
Head. Antennae about 1.5 the length of the body. The
basal two segments compact, the second bulb-like. The
flagellar segments, with the exception of the terminal one,
attenuated at the tip, see figure 1. Antennal hairs more or
less verticillate. The intermediate antennal segments are
about 0.16 as broad as long-. The attenuated portion of each
of the segments is about 0.33 the length of the entire
segment. Compound eyes sparsely hairy. Eye-bridge present,
narrow, for the most part possessing a single row of facets!
64
Psyche
[June
Ocelli 3, prominent. Maxillary palpi one-segmented, some-
what paler than rest of mouthparts.
Thorax dark brown. Wing slightly more than 1 mm.
long, slender, anal angle greatly reduced. Anterior wing
veins most evident. Costa extends about 0.5 the distance
from Rs to Mi +2. Humeral crossvein present. Only the
radius with macrosetae. R1+2 ends at about 0.375 of length
of wing. Rs ends before tip of M3 at about 0.78 the length
of the wing. Petiole of M indistinct. Petiole of Cu is prac-
tically absent. In some specimens the anterior branch of Cu
appears to originate from the petiole of M. Halteres pale
brown, about 0.25 the length of the wing. Legs dark brown.
Tibial spurs present, paired on meso- and metathoracic
legs. Anterior tibia about 0.81 the length of the tarsus.
The basitarsus is about 0.40 the length of the tibia. Tarsal
claws simple. Pulvilli and empodium with prominent hairs.
Abdomen. Brown in color, somewhat paler at tip. Clasper,
figure 2, about 0.66 as broad as long has about 6 spines
on the mesal, apical surface of which the dorsal one is
most conspicuous. Frey’s key, 1948, would place this
species near E. abieticola Frey described from N. Esbo. It
differs in the details of the structure of the hypopygium.
Described from 7 males from Mt. Higby Reservoir,
Hartford County, Connecticut, March — July 1951.
Female. Length 1.5-2 mm. General color brown.
Head. Dark brown. Antennae 16-segmented, segments not
attenuated at tip as in males. Antennal hairs somewhat ver-
ticillate. Antenna about 0.28 the length of the body.
Compound eyes sparsely hairy. The number of facets is
reduced. Dorsal bridge present but the number of facets
not over 8 mainly located in area of bridge anterior to
ocelli. Ocelli 3, prominent. Mouthparts small, maxillary
palpi one-segmented with two prominent setae.
Thorax. Wings and halteres absent. Legs pale brown.
Explanation of Plate 3
Fig. 1. Fifth flagellar segment of male Epidapus johannseni. Fig, 2.
Dorsal view of male hypopygium of Epidapus johannseni. Fig. 3. Ven-
tral view of male hypopygium of Zelmira williami. Fig. 4. Ventral view
of male hypopygium of Bradysia hellingeri. Fig. 5. Ventral view of male
hypopygium of Bradysia farri.
Psyche, 1953
VoL. 60, Plate 3
Shaw — New Diptera
F IG. 5
66
Psyche
[June
Coxae elongate, not especially robust as in Pnyxia scabiei.
Tibial spurs present. Prothoracic tibia slightly shorter
than tarsus. Basitarsus about 0.33 length of the tibia.
Abdomen pale brown. Ovipositor prominent.
Described from 35 specimens from Mt. Higby Reservoir,
Hartford County; Middlefield; and Cathedral Pines, Litch-
field County, Connecticut, January — August 1951. Male
and female holotypes and 2 paratypes in my collection,
the remainder in collection at Yale University.
I take pleasure in naming this species for Dr. 0. A.
Johannsen, an outstanding American dipterist.
Zelmira williami n. sp.
Male, Length 6 mm. General color brown.
Head. Dark brown. Antennae short, about subequal to
length of the thorax. Ocelli 3. prominent. Maxillary palpi
3-segmented, first segment darker than the other segments.
Thorax. Dark brown. Postnotum with bristles. Pleurites
are bare. Wings yellowish with a terminal dark band. Costa
terminates at tip of R4 + ;-,. Sci ends before origin of Rs.
Sc2 present, about 1/2 way between humeral crossvein and
tip of Sc,. R.{ almost perpendicular to ends about
0.33 the distance from tip of R14-2 to tip of R4+5. A brown
band covers the terminal sixth of the wing. Fused portion
of M subequal to the petiole of M. Two distinct anal veins.
Legs yellow. The tarsi appear darker due to the presence
of numerous black setulae. Prothoracic basitarsus about
0.9 the length of the tibia. Tibial spurs brown. Some of
setae on meso- and metathoracic tibiae are arranged in
lines. Halteres brown, the knobs a little darker.
Abdomen dark brown. Apices of segments 2-4 with yellow
bands. Remainder of segments including the hypopygium
dark brown. Clasper, figure 3, of the “genualis” type but
lacks the long mesal spur. In Fisher’s manuscript key this
species would run to Zelmira genitalis Joh. It can be
distinguished from this species by the shape of the claspers
and the shape of the tergum.
Described from 1 male collected in a soil sample from a
virgin White Pine and Hemlock stand in Cathedral Pines,
67
Shaiv — New Diptera
Litchfield County, Connecticut on May 16, 1951. Type in
my collection.
I take pleasure in naming this insect for my son, William
Morse Shaw.
Bradysia farri n. sp.
Male. Length 3 mm. General color dark brown.
Head dark brown. Antennae 16-segmented somewhat
paler in color. Mouthparts yellowish brown. Maxillary
palpi 3-segmented.
Thorax. Dark brown. Wings 2.75 mm. long. Costa
strong, extends about 0.75 distance from tip of R4+5 to
Ml +2. Ri+2 ends at about 0.56 distance from wing base to
its tip about opposite fork of M. Rs originates proximad
of mid-point between humeral crossvein and tip of Ri+2-
Both branches of radius have setae. M3 ends only slightly
beyond tip of Ri+2- Petiole of cubitus about 0.88 as long
as basal portion of media Halteres pale brown. Legs —
Coxae yellowish brown, remainder of legs yellowish. Ratio
of prothoracic basitarsus to its tibia 0.60. Tibial spurs
yellowish with dark setulae.
Abdomen dark brown. Hypopygium, figure 5, resembles
somewhat that of B. acuta Joh. Clasper with a strong
terminal spine and about 8 setae on its inner surface.
In Pettey’s key, 1918, this species would run to Bradysia
varians Joh. It differs from this species in venation, in the
structure of the clasper, and in other details. Described
from 1 male collected at Mt. Higby Reservoir, Hartford
County, Connecticut on March 7, 1951. Type in my collection.
I take pleasure in naming this insect for Thomas Farr,
an outstanding student in entomology who has a firm
belief in the value of the study of insects in their natural
habitats.
Bradysia bellingeri n. sp.
Male. Length 2.25 mm. General color dark brown.
Head dark brown. Antennae and mouthparts paler. Max-
illary palpi 3-segmented, yellowish brown.
Thorax dark brown. Wing 2.0 mm. long. Costa extends
68
Psyche
[June
about 0.75 the distance from tip of R4+5 to Mi +2- R1 + 2 ends
proximad of fork M at about 0.5 the length of the wing.
Rs originates about 0.70 the distance from the humeral
crossvein to the tip of Ri+2- Only the radius has setae. M3
ends opposite tip of R4+5. Petiole of cubitus about 0.60 as
long as basal portion of media. Halteres pale brown, tips
darker. Legs yellow, appearing darker toward apices due
to presence of fine black setulae. Prothoracic basitarsus
about 0.62 as long as the tibia. Tibial spurs yellow.
Abdomen dark brown, terminal portion somewhat paler.
Hypopygium, figure 4, resembles Brady sia diluta Joh. some-
what.
In Pettey’s key, 1918, this species would run to Bradysia
scita Joh. It can be distinguished from B. scita by the
structure of the clasper of the hypopygium which lacks a
mesal lobe as shown for scita. In addition B. hellingeri
possesses a strong apical spine and 3 sub-apical spines on
the mesal surface. Described from 1 male collected in a
soil sample from a stand of Red Pine at Mt. Higby Reservoir,
Hartford County, Connecticut on March 27, 1951. Type in
my collection.
I take pleasure in naming this species for Dr. Peter
Bellinger who sent me these specimens for determination.
References
Edwards, F. W.
1925. British Fungus-Gnats. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1924: 505-670,
pis. 49-61.
Frey, R.
1942. Entwurf einer neuen Klassifikation der Muckenfamilie
Sciaridae. Not. Ent., 22:5-44, figs. 1-12.
1948. Entwurf einer neuen Klassifikation der Muckenfamilie.
Sciaridae. II Die nordeuropaischen Arten. Not. Ent., 27:33-92,
figs. 1-136.
JOHANNSEN, O.A.
1912. The Fungus Gnats of North America. Maine Agric. Exp.
Sta. Bull., 200:57-146, figs. 24-267.
THE BIOLOGY OF EUPHASIOPTERYX BREVICORNIS
(TOWNSEND) (DIPTERA, TACHINIDAE),
PARASITIC IN THE CONE-HEADED GRASSHOPPERS
(ORTHOPTERA, COPIPHORINAE) *
By W. L. Nutting
Biological Laboratories, Harvard University
The presence of oddly placed, supernumerary “spiracles”
on a number of cone-headed grasshoppers [N eoconocephalus
r. rohustus (Scudder)] collected on Cape Cod in August,
1951, suggested parasitism by dipterous larvae, probably of
some tachinid fly. Collection and conflnement of a number
of parasitized individuals during late summer in 1952 and
’53 eventually led to the successful rearing of three male
and two female flies. After considerable study, which
involved not only these specimens but a large part of the
accessible material in the difficult tribe Ormiini, C. W.
Sabrosky of the Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quaran-
tine is now describing the fly as a new subspecies of
Euphasiopteryx brevicornis. (Sabrosky, in press). Reinhard
in 1922 published a record of three larvae which emerged
from an adult cricket, Gryllus assimilis, and formed puparia.
Although no flies emerged, C. T. Greene identifled the
puparia as Ormia Euphasiopteryx) ochracea (Bigot).
There is but one record of undoubted host relationship for
the genus, that of “E'. australis (Tns.)” as a parasite of the
Brazilian mole cricket, Scapteriscus vicinus Scudder,
reported by Wolcott (1940). ^ The cryptic habits of both
host and parasite emphasized in the present paper further
explain the scarcity and incompleteness of the previous
life history data on these flies.
The locality where the parasitized cone-heads were
* Published with the aid of the B. Pickman Mann Fund, Cambridge
Entomological Club.
1 Australis sensu Wolcott=E. depleta (Wiedemann) , teste Sabrosky,
1&53; E. australis (Tns.) from Peru is distinct. Hereafter, E. australis
sensu Wolcott will be used in quotaition marks.
69
70
Psyche
[June
collected is a narrow 16 acre tract, extending from the
beachgrass-lined bay inland 0.4 mile to U.S. Route 6 in
East Brewster, Mass. One fourth of the land bordering the
beach is characterized by Hudsonia-\medi sand-blows dotted
with red pine, while the adjoining fourth is overgrown
swamp. The remaining eight acres are largely open fields,
supporting an occasional red cedar and bordered with
clumps of bayberry and beach-plum. The cone-heads were
confined to the beachgrass and open fields, although one or
two specimens were taken in the bayberry bushes. Because
of their alertness and habit of dropping from the tops of
grasses and shrubs into inaccessible tangles below, the
most practical collecting method is that of night-stalking.
In early evening the ear-splitting, cicada-like song of a male
is pin-pointed, then approached upwind; with careful man-
euvering the singing insect may be spotted and grabbed or
tricked into a ready net. Thus the taking of females is limit-
ed to chance sightings or association with singing males.
In this manner eight males were collected in the eight
acre tract between 15 and 17 August, 1951; six were
parasitized. On 3 August, 1952, seven males were para-
sitized of ten collected in the same area; three unparasitized
males came from the beachgrass section. From the number
of individual songs noted, probably at least 75 per cent
of the male population in the tract were taken each season.
The incidence of parasitism in this area, of the males at
least, is certainly much higher than the one to five per cent
Explanation of Plate 4
Euphasiopteryx brevicornis (Tns.) . Fig. 1, left half, ventral aspect
of 0.8 mm first instar larva; right half, dorsal aspect. Fig. 2, left lateral
view cf same, spines omitted. Fig. 3, detail of larval hooks. Fig. 4, first
instar cephalopharyngeal skeleton. Fig. 5, 1.3 mm first instar larva after
feeding. Fig. 6, nearly mature, 10 mm larva. An, anus. Fig. 7, posterior
view of 8 mm puparium. Fig. 8, right lateral view of same. Fig. 9, detail
of mature larval spiracular plate (x44). Fig. 10, detail of second instar
spiracular plate (x457). Fig. 11, abdominal cutaway of the host,
Neoconocephalus r. rohustus, showing larval respiratory funnels in
place; lower funnel was ruptured by escaping larva (xl3) . Fig. 12,
longitudinal section of funnel showing larval posterior in place (dotted) ;
Ex, first instar exuviae embedded in funnel wall (x40).
Nutting
Euphasiopteryx
72
Psyche
[June
reported by Wolcott (1951) . A total of 50 larvae and vacated
larval respiratory funnels was found in these 13 grass-
hoppers, an average of 3.85 per host. Two hosts contained
one larva each, while two others contained eight and nine.
Since all hosts were collected within three days in 1951 and
on a single date in ’52, the size range and probable age of
the larvae are particularly noteworthy. In all specimens
containing more than two larvae, considerable variation in
larval size was found. This probably indicates different
larval entry times, although it is also suggestive of feeding
competition among the larvae. Two hosts which each
contained one first instar larva, also contained six and seven
other larvae of various sizes, including several three
quarters grown. Another contained a first instar larva along
with two more which were ready to pupate.
The dissection of three species of adult female ormiines
by Townsend (1911) indicates that larviposition may be the
rule with these flies. It is not known whether the females
deposit their larvae directly on the host insects, or merely
on ground or vegetation frequented by them. The armored,
planidium type first instar larva (figs. 1 and 2), coupled
with the following observations, suggests an active seeking
out of host by larva. Four of the cone-heads collected
contained first instar larvae, one of which was found in the
muscles of the right hind femur, one quarter of the femur
length from the coxa. This cone-head had been killed and
pinned, so that even though the larva was found headed
apically in the femur, there is no assurance that this was
the case before death. Although it is tempting to speculate
that it had entered the host through soft or membranous
areas of the tarsus, it might be argued that it had entered at
any other point and become diverted into the leg in making
its way to the abdomen.
On the other hand, a careful autopsy of seven cone-heads
showed that not one of 30 larvae was encountered in any
part of the body but the abdominal cavity. Twenty more
larvae, or larval funnels, in the six other cone-heads were
also restricted to the abdomen. The second first instar larva
was found near the anterior end of the mid gut, and the
third in a tangle of malpighian tubules, both free in the
1953]
Nutting — Biology of Euphasiopteryx
73
haemocoele. The fourth larva (fig. 5) had recently become
fixed to the pleural membrane on the left side of the fifth
abdominal segment. This evidence suggests that the larvae
are strongly attracted to the host’s abdominal haemocoele,
and that they probably do not often miss this goal. It is
possible that entry may occasionally be effected via vul-
nerable areas of the appendages in contact with the ground.
In any case, the paired sets of hooks on the second segment
(fig. 3) undoubtedly assist the larvae during penetration
of the host.
There was no apparent evidence of larval entrance on
any of the 13 parasitized cone-heads, although it might
be mentioned that five bore from one to four 0.5 to 1.5 mm
scars on either or both faces of their hind femora. No such
scars were found on the uninfected specimens. They may
be significant, but it would be difficult to understand how or
why the larvae would enter at such a point. It is more likely
that these scars were earned during battle with other males,
or perhaps during or after mating.
Although not exactly popular knowledge, the unusual
respiratory funnels used by tachinid larvae for obtaining an
atmospheric oxygen supply have long been known from
the early biological researches of Nielsen (1909) and Pantel
(1910). Baer (1920) , Thompson (1928), and Beard (1942),
have also contributed to our understanding of larval
respiration and host relationships within this group of flies.
(See Clausen (1940) for a comprehensive review.) York
and Prescott (1952) have reported that similar funnels are
also formed by nemestrinid larvae in grasshopper hosts.
Euphadopteryx behaves typically for, after the active larva
enters the cone-head’s abdomen, it perforates the host’s
body wall and settles down with its posterior spiracles in
contact with the outside air until it is nearly ready to
pupate. Perforation of the host integument may be accom-
plished by means of the minute circumstigmatal spines as
suggested by Beard, or in the case of larvae such as these,
perhaps by means of the postcephalic recurved hooks. In any
event, the larva, with its spiracles in this hole, obstructs
the normal healing of the wound in such a manner as to
cause an inward growth of host integument which eventually
74
Psyche
[June
forms a funnel around its posterior end (see Beard, 1942).
With Euphasiopteryx, the funnel walls are extended by
a brownish, transparent, acellular membrane, so that the
larva is completely enclosed in a sac-like structure (figs. 11
and 12). This type of funnel has been described for certain
other tachinids, and Nielsen (1909) claims that the saccular
portion is composed of the compacted walls of host fat body
cells destroyed by the larva. Pantel (1910) presumed that
the enclosed larva fed on the host’s body fiuids absorbed
through the sac walls. However this may be, he stated that
at a later stage such larvae pierce the sheath and feed
actively on fat body and other tissues. This may be the
case with Euphasiopteryx , for most over 6 or 8 mm long
had ruptured their sheaths (fig. 11).
In the cone-heads examined, all the darkened external
funnel openings were situated either in the soft pleural
integument or in the ventral intersegmental membranes,
from the first through the eighth abdominal segments (fig.
11). Internally the basal 1 or 2 mm of the funnel bear
heavily sclerotized annular thickenings (fig. 12), while
the whole structure is often enveloped in the lobular fat
body, covered with blood cells and detritus, and wound
round with malpighian tubules. The first instar exuviae
(figs. 11 and 12, Ex) are embedded in the thickened layers
of cuticle at the funnel base, but no trace of later molts
has been found. Cast larval skins of the squash bug
parasite, Trichopoda pennipes Fabr., have been found either
embedded in the sheath or, more commonly, between the
maggot and its sheath (Beard, 1942).
Although the remarkable first instar larvae of Phasiop-
teryx montana Tns. [E. ochracea (Bigot)] and P. hilimeki
BB. [E. hilimekii (BB.)] were described and figured by
Townsend (1912, 1942), drawings of this stage of brevi-
cornis are included here for comparison. This active,
armored larva (figs. 1 and 2), shortly after entering the
host, measures about 0.8 x 0.15 mm. It has already done
sufficient feeding so that the nine dorsal plates and the
flanking rows of eight dorsolateral and seven ventrolateral
plates no longer overlap as shown by Townsend. The light
brown plates are sculptured, and bear a pattern of round,
1953]
Nutting — Biology of Euphasiopteryx
75
unpigmented spots. These hole-like dots form triangular
patterns on the first two dorsal plates as described for E.
ochracea by Townsend. In the present well preserved
material, the spots do not appear to be origins of detached
bristles as he suggested. Ventrally the abdomen is equipped
with six compact groups of long spines instead of plates,
while posteriorly and anteriorly the body is ringed with
bands of microspines. The last segment, adorned with a few
larger spines, bears the slightly raised spiracular plates
which are bounded anterolaterally by a lightly pigmented
area. Anteriorly there is a group of claw-like spurs on
either side of the second segment, similar to those described
for E. hilimekii. Each group is made up of nine heavily
sclerotized rods, the seven median ones each bearing two
hooks, and the end rods, one each (fig. 3). The cephalo-
pharyngeal skeleton (fig. 4) extends back to the anterior
margin of the first dorsal plate. The antennae are rather
prominent elongate papillae. After considerable feeding, and
at the time it becomes sedentary, this larva measures about
1.3 X 0.8 mm, and appears as shown in fig. 5.
Mature larvae, ready to pupate (fig. 6), are typical white
maggots and measure from 9 x 3 to 13 x 4.5 mm. They
are practically smooth, although segmental bands of minute
spines become barely visible at 90x in sectioned material.
The pair of large, well separated posterior tubercles which
bear the spiracles are shining black. The reniform spiracular
plate (fig. 9) bears an inconstant serpentine pattern of
minute parallel ridges. Between these ridges is a single row
of breathing pores leading to the atrium within the tubercle.
The stigmatic scar, representing the spiracle of the previous
instar, is eccentrically placed opposite the hilum on the
plate’s inner margin. Figure 10 is a detail of the typically
muscoid spiracular plate of the second instar larva.
Prominent fleshy lobes mark the anal opening (An) which
is rather remote from the spiracles.
From the 13 cone-heads collected and confined, 12 larvae
escaped and successfully formed puparia. When ready to
pupate the larvae pierced the host’s integument, generally
in the vicinity of their breathing funnels, although one may
have emerged from the anus. They were given a choice of
76
Psyche
[June
moist or dry, loosely packed earth with piles of dead grass
for cover. The larvae were exceedingly active, humping
frantically over the soil and exploring every part of the
chamber. Some burrowed between or under loose, moist
clods, but most of them settled under the grass on the
moist surface. Within one to six hours all had become
shortened and dark brown ; puparia were formed a few
hours later. One large specimen emerged from its host and
formed a puparium within one hour.
As to the effects of the parasitism on the host, most of
the cone-heads were active, singing and feeding nightly,
until a day or two before the larvae emerged. A few hours
before the exodus they became feeble and sluggish; two
or three hours after even one or two larvae had emerged,
the host was dead. Post-mortem examination showed a
depletion of the fat body roughly proportionate to the
number of parasites, but little apparent damage to the
major organ systems. From these facts it is significant that
larval survival is narrowly limited to those individuals
within a particular host which reach maturity almost
simultaneously. Two larvae emerged from one host within
two hours of each other and pupated, while six other larvae,
including one of the first instar, died inside the moribund
host a few hours later. The total complement of three larvae
escaped from another host and pupated successfully. This
situation, 'involving larvae in staggered developmental
stages within one host, is suggestive of a rather extended
period of larviposition and a considerable endurance in
the host-seeking first instar larvae. It might be added here
that two heavily parasitized hosts also contained one and
two specimens of a nematomorph, Gordius sp., coiled in
their abdominal cavities. Further, three of the 1952 cone-
heads each contained one nearly mature larva which Mr.
Sabrosky has suggested as possibly Beskia aelops.
A female puparium is shown in figs. 7 and 8. Four male
puparia vary from approximately 5.5 x 2.9 to 6.2 x 3.4 mm,
and those of two females from 5.3 x 3.1 to 8.1 x 4.1 mm.
The surface is finely wrinkled and the larval segmentation
is fairly prominent. The line of dehiscence of the puparial
cap, as well as a secondary fracture, is dotted in the figure.
1953]
Nutting — Biology of Euphasiopteryx
77
Although Green figured the puparium of Oestrophasia
{—Euphasiopteryx) ochracea in 1922, spiracular details
of the three known puparia of the genus are included in
text fig. 1 for ready comparison. The brevicornis puparium
is dark mahogany with the spiracular tubercles a shining
black, while those of ochracea and depleta are a dull brick
red with subshining black tubercles. In all three species
the tubercles are basally enlarged and well separated,
depleta being the most extreme in these features. The
tubercles of ochracea arise slightly above the longitudinal
puparial axis, but in depleta they arise obliquely from the
Text figure 1. Comparison of spiracular details of the three known
puparia of Euphasiopteryx. Fig. 1, E. ochracea (Bigot) ; a, ventral
aspect of right spiracular tubercle; b, lateral aspect of same, An, anus;
c, detail of spiracular plate. Fig. 2, E. depleta (Wied.), a, b, c, same as
fig. 1. Fig. 3, E. brevicornis (Tns.) , a, b, c, same as fig. 1. (x44) .
78
Psyche
[June
posterior dorsal surface. In brevicornis the tubercles arise
from an intermediate position well above the axis. The
serpentine pattern of respiratory pores on each spiracular
plate is raised in ochracea and depleta, and is divided into
thi’ee groups which are only vaguely indicated in some
specimens of brevicornis. These groups in depleta are
separated by much deeper grooves than in ochracea. The
stigmatic scar is fairly prominent and the anus is remote
from the tubercles in all three species.
All puparia of brevicornis were formed in the laboratory
essentially under normal seasonal temperatures. Two were
obtained on 21 Aug., 1951, and ten more between 5 and 12
Aug., 1952. Each year the puparia were kept at about 23° C
foi- a little over two months, held at 8° for two more months,
then returned to 23°. Of the 1951 puparia, one female
emerged on 10 March, 1952; the other, also a female,
succumbed to mold shortly before emergence. Of the 1952
puparia, two males emerged after 11 days, and one male
and one female emerged after 12 days, all before being
placed in the cold room. The remaining six succumbed to
mold and anthomyiid larvae in the insectary after cold
treatment. Three of these contained fully formed flies,
at least one of which was a female. Townsend (1936) cited
a case of E. ochracea (Bigot) adults emerging in October,
12 days after the puparia were collected in Dallas, Texas.
According to Wolcott (1951) the pupal stage of ''E. australis
(Tns.)” in Brazil lasts for ten days.
From these records it is evident that a diapause induced
by winter cold is not necessary for adult development. On
Cape Cod, adults of both N eoconocephalus robustus and
erisiger have been taken at least until early October, while
adults of several other likely orthopteran hosts, such as the
katydid, Amblycorypha oblojigifolia caidnata R. & H., and
the common cricket, Acheta assimilis F., live beyond mid-
November in many seasons. In the vicinity of Dallas, the
closely related N. triops (L.) has been collected in mid-
December (Rehn and Hebard, 1944) , and there are certainly
many other possible hosts available beyond this date. With
the probable capacity for a four to flve week life cycle as
far north as Cape Cod, this parasite could well produce
1953]
Nutting — Biology of Euphasiopteryx
79
at least two generations a year on adult Orthoptera alone.
It can and probably does pass the winter in the puparium,
although nothing is known of the mating habits and survival
capabilities of the adult flies.
In an effort to fill in the range and determine the host
preferenda of these little-known flies, 15 specimens of N. r.
robustus in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, from
Cape Cod to Long Island, were examined for the presence
of larval breathing holes. Similarly examined were 176
specimens, representing nine other species of Neocono-
cephalus from Massachusetts to Minnesota, Texas, and
Florida, together with 26 Florida specimens of the related
genera Belocephalus, Pyrgocorypha, and Homorocoryphus.
In addition, large numbers of Orthoptera have been collected
in East Brewster for anatomical studies over the past five
years, and lately re-examined. These have included such
likely hosts as N. ensiger (Harris) ; the conocephaline,
Orchelimum vulgare Harris; the phaneropterine, Amhly-
corypha oblongifolia carinata R. & H. ; and the common
cricket, Acheta assimilis F. All of these examinations proved
negative except for a single male of N. ensiger, collected
by Richard Dow in Needham, Mass., 7 Aug., 1936, which
bore the characteristic larval breathing hole in the left
pleural membrane of the sixth abdominal segment. After
softening the specimen a half-grown larva, with the first
instar exuviae adhering to the funnel, was dissected out.
On comparison with equivalent material under study,
there is little doubt that E. brevicornis also parasitizes N.
ensiger,
C. W. Sabrosky has checked the ranges of the two
subspecies of E. brevicornis against those of the two
subspecies of this particular host, N. r. robustus and r.
crepitans, and informs me that the ranges show no signifi-
cant coincidence. Therefore, until further evidence is
available, it is assumed that the two subspecies of brevi-
cornis must utilize additional hosts, at least in other areas
of the range, but one or more of the ten other species of
Neocono cephalus are probably favored. The question as
to whether or not only adult Orthoptera are parasitized
remains unanswered. Should the adults of a certain species
80
Psyche
[June
be the only host in a particular area, either the pupal stage
or the adult life must be rather extended; on the other
hand, if nymphal stages are also attacked, the host attrition
must be considerable in favorable seasons.
Since all evidence has shown the genus to have a pre-
dilection for nocturnal orthopteran hosts, it is not surprising
that, in the laboratory at least, the adult flies are also
nocturnal. Wolcott (1951) has reported that “E, australis”
adults hid in the darkest part of their cage during the day,
but were unusually active at night. At present I can only
confirm his observations and add that, during six years of
occasional general collecting in the East Brewster area, I
have never seen an adult fly. Many specimens seen by Mr.
Sabrosky were collected at night, a further hint, but not
proof, of nocturnal habits. Although much of the evidence
cited above on range and host preference is either negative
or purely circumstantial and speculative, it does explain
the rarity and obscurity of these flies as well as their
extremely local occurrence.
I extend my appreciation to C. W. Sabrosky of the Bureau
of Entomology and Plant Quarantine for furnishing some
of the pertinent references included, and especially for
identification of the fly and description of the new sub-
species, without which this information would be of little
value. He made available for comparison the puparia of E.
ochracea and australis, details of which are shown in text
fig. 1. I also wish to thank Prof. H. J. Reinhard, of the
Agricultural and Mechanical College of Texas, for his part
in assisting in the identification.
Bibliography
Baer, W.
1920. Die Tachinen als Schmarotzer der schadlichen Insekten.
Ihre Lebensweise, wirtschaftliche Bedeutung und systematische
Kennzeichnung. Zeitschr. f. angew. Ent., 6: 185-246.
Beard, R. L.
1942. On the formation of the tracheal funnel in Anasa tristis DeG.
induced by the parasite Trichopoda pennipes Fabr. Ann, Ent.
Soc. Am., 35:68-72.
Clausen, C. P.
1940. Entomophagous Insects, pp. 430-484. New York: McGraw-Hill.
1953]
Nutting — Biology of Euphasiopteryx
81
Greene, C. T.
1922. An illustrated synopsis of the puparia of 100 muscoid flies
(Diptera) . Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 60, Art. 10:p. 13.
Nielsen, J. C.
1909. lagttagelser over entoparasitiske Muscidelarver hos Arthro-
poder. Ent. Meddel., 4:pp. 118-121.
Pantel, J.
1910. Rechercibes sur les Dipteres a Larves Entomobies. I. Caracteres
parasitiques aux points de vue biologique, ethologique et his-
tologique. La Cellule, 26:25-216.
Rehn, j. a. G. and M. Hebard
1914. Studies in American Tettigoniidae (Orthoptera) . III. A synop-
sis of the species of the genus Neoconocephalus found in North
America north of Mexico. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 40:365-413.
Reinhard, H. j.
1922. Host records of some Texas Tachinidae (Diptera) . Ent. News,
33:72-73.
Sabrosky, C. W.
1953. Taxonomy and host relations of the tribe Ormiini in the west-
ern hemisphere (Diptera, Larvaevoridae) . Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash., 55: 167-183.
Thompson, W. R.
1928. A contribution to the study of the dipterous parasites of the
European earwig (Forficula auricularia L.) . Parasitology, 20:123-
158.
Townsend, C. H. T.
1911. Announcement of further results secured in the study of
muscoid flies. Ann. Elnt. Soc. Am., 4:pp. 136-137.
1912. Foundation of some new genera and species of muscoid flies
mainly on reproductive and early-stage characters. J. N. Y.
Ent. Soc., 20:pp.ll4-117.
1936. Manual of Myiology. 3:p.l02.
1942. Manual of Myiology. 12:Pls. 27, 28.
Wolcott, G. N.
1940. A tachinid parasite of the Puerto Rican Changa. J. Ec. Ent.,
33:202.
1951. The insects of Puerto Rico, Diptera. J. Agr. Univ. Puerto Rico.
32 (3) : pp. 476-477.
York, G. T. and H. W. Prescott
1952. Nemestrinid parasites of grasshoppers. J. Ec. Ent., 45 :p. 1.
NEW DATA ON THE HABITS OF
CAMPONOTUS {MYRMAPHAENUS) ULCEROSUS
WHEELER
By William Steel Creighton
Department of Biology,
College of the City of New York
In June 1951 the writer published, in this Journal, an
account of the habits of C. {M.) ulcerosus. Since that time
eight more colonies have been observed and additional data
have been secured on the habits of this remarkable anth
The truncated head of the major worker of ulcerosus
has suggested to some myrmecologists a relationship with
the subgenus Colobopsis. This view is unsatisfactory from
a structural standpoint, for the two subgenera actually
have little in common. Nor did it seem likely, since ulcerosus
is a ground-dweller, that the head of the major could be
used in phragmosis. It is now certain, however, that the
major worker of ulcerosus does function as a door and
does close the nest entrance with the front of the head in
a fashion essentially similar to the phragmotic major of
Colobopsis.
This is possible because ulcerosus constructs a carton
shield at the nest entrance. In this shield is a single
aperture which closely approximates, in size and shape,
the truncated portion of the head of the major. The shield
is made of a mixture of earth and bits of vegetable detritus.
The shield is so fragile that it usually cannot be lifted away
from the nest entrance intact and it is sometimes destroyed
by a heavy rainstorm. The shield may be flat, dome-shaped
or tubular. In the dome-shaped and tubular shields the
length is from ten to fifteen millimeters and the diameter
from seven to ten millimeters. Since the aperture is notably
smaller, it forms a bottle-neck which the head of the major
can close.
The major of ulcerosus, when acting as a door, lets the
other members of the colony in and out by backing away
1 This work was done on a Guggenheim Fellowship for 1951-52.
82
1953]
Creighton — Camponotus ulcerosus
88
from the aperture. In this respect it behaves essentially as
does the major of Colobopsis. There are, however, a number
of interesting differences in the process. When the head
of the major of Colobopsis is serving in its phragmotic
capacity, the only portions of it presented to the exterior
are the jaws and the truncated anterior face. The antennae
are folded back against the sides of the head and they are
well removed from the exterior : it is difficult to see how they
could receive tactile stimuli. This may be why Wheeler
(Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. 20, No. 10, p. 154, 1904)
was unable to elicit any response when he attempted to
cause the withdrawal of the Colobopsis major by touching
the exposed portion of the head with a pin or straw. The
head of the major of ulcerosus, when in the phragmotic
position, can readily receive tactile stimuli with the an-
tennae. For these parts are not concealed, but held so that
each funiculus lies at one side of the aperture. The return-
ing workers touch the exposed antennae of the occluding
major with their own antennae to secure entry for, when
thus stimulated, the major withdraws its head from the
aperture. This same response can be elicited by touching
the antennae of the occluding major with a bit of grass.
The major of ulcerosus is capable of a rather surprising
range of behavior when acting as a guard. As a general
rule a strange ant can walk across the face of the ulcerosus
major, when the latter has assumed the phragmotic position,
without producing any visible response. Occasionally, how-
ever, the major will seize the strange ant in its jaws and
jerk it into the nest, where it is, presumably, killed. Further-
more, the major of ulcerosus does not always take a position
where its head blocks the entrance. During periods when
little traffic is passing the “door”, the major on guard often
remains well inside the carton, with only the tips of the
antennae showing at the aperture. From this position it can
pop into place instantaneously, which it does if a strange
ant walks onto the shield. If foraging has ceased and there
are no strange ants in the vicinity, the major may retreat
so far from the aperture that it cannot be seen when a beam
of light is thrown through that opening. It is of interest
to note that the major of ulcerosus is not limited to serving
84
Psyche
[June
in a phragmotic capacity only. Some of the majors regularly
leave the nest to forage with the medias and minors.
A few other observations may be added. Workers return-
ing to the nest always go in through the aperture head-
first. They will do so even when this involves considerable
struggle with what they are carrying. In the event that
some strange ant is on or near the shield, the returning
ulcerosus workers make no effort to enter the nest. They will
wander about nearby until the intruder leaves, at which
time they will secure entry to the nest in the usual fashion.
It is clear that ulcerosus is a very timid ant. It is much
afraid of several smaller species, particularly Xiphomyrmex
spinosus insons. If the two meet, the Xiphomyrmex will
usually rob the ulcerosus worker of anything it is carrying.
This may be the reason why the workers of ulcerosus, which
are returning to the nest with food, will take a needlessly
tortuous course over grass tufts. Such a course would
minimize the chance for encounters with Xiphomyrmex,
for the latter ant rarely leaves the surface of the soil when
foraging.
Presented below are several records which add to the
known range of ulcerosus :
Arizona: Huachuca Mountains, Carr Canyon, 5400';
Santa Rita Mountains, Sweetwater, 5800'; Chiricahua
Mountains, Nat. Mon. Campground, 5400'.
Chihuahua: Sierra de en Medio, Nogales Ranch, 5000'.
Sonora: Cerro San Jose (Naco) 5100’.
CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB
A regular meeting of the Club is held on the second Tues-
day of each month (July, August and September, excepted)
at 8 :00 p.m. in Room B-455, Biological Laboratories, Divin-
ity Ave., Cambridge. Entomologists visiting Boston are
cordially invited to attend.
BACK VOLUMES OF PSYCHE
The Cambridge Entomological Club is able to offer for
sale the following volumes of Psyche. Those not mentioned
are entirely out of print.
Volumes 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, each covering a period of three
years, $5.00 each.
Volumes 10, 12, 14, 17, each covering a single year, $1.00
each.
Volumes 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, each covering a
single year, $1.50 each.
Volumes 27 to 53, each covering a single year, $2.00.
Volumes 54 to 59, each covering a single year, $3.00.
Orders for 2 or more volumes subject to a discount of
10
Orders for 10 or more volumes subject to a discount of
200.
All orders should be addressed to
F. M. Carpenter, Editor of Psyche,
Biological Laboratories,
Harvard University,
Cambridge, Macs.
FOR SALE
The Ants of North America, by Professor Wm. S.
Creighton. Published in April, 1950, as volume 104 of the
Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, with 585
pages and 57 plates. Price $10.00 (postpaid). Send orders
to Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard College,
Cambridge, Mass.
BLACK STEEL INSECT PINS
Trade Mark “Elephant”, the ideal black insect pin. Trade
Mark “Imperial”, formerly Czechoslovakia. Both types in
sizes No. 000-7. Also Minuten Nadeln. Request samples
and prices from the manufacturer: Emil Arlt, Spezial-
nadelfabrik, Salzburg, 2, P.O. Box 76, Austria.
PSYCHE
A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY
Established in 1874
VoL 60 September, 1953 No. 3
V J
i ' c
MUS. mu?. 200L
LiBway
JAN 1 1 1954
TABLE OF CONTEXTS
TIu* ludo-Australian Species of tiie Ant Genus Slrumigenys Fr. Smith:
S. wallncei Emerv and Relatives. IF. L. Brown, Jr. ... 85
Fii>t Records of the Eiiro])ean rcligio-sa (L.) from Maine.
II'. L. Xutting 89
.Viistralian Carabid Beetles II. Some New Pterostichini. P. J. Darling-
ton, Jr 90
'I'axonomic Notes on the Ant, Cainponotus cooperi Gregg. R. E. Gregg 102
Further Notes on North American Epicauta, with New Synonjunj’
(Coleop., Meloidae). F. G. Werner 105
N('w England Records of Ululodes Currie (Neuroptera: .Yscalaphidae).
G. //. Beatty, III 114
.\ .New Neotropical C/ir^.sop.s (Diptera, Tabanidae). L. L. Pechuman 115
'Flirc'e New Species of Panorpidae (Mecoptera). F. Y. Cheng . . 119
I.arval Mites of the Genus Eutromhidium Attached to a Carolina
Locust. TP. IF. Judd 124
-A Gregarine, Diplocystis, in the Haemocoele of the Roach. Blaberus
rraniifcr Bunn. W. L. Xutting 126
CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB
Officers
President ....
Vice-President .
Secretary ....
Treasurer ....
Executive Committee
EDITORIAL BOARD OF PSYCHE
F. M. Carpenter — editor
C. T. Brues
P. J. Darlington, Jr.
J. Bequaert
FOR 1953-54
. W. L. Brown, Jr.
S. K. Harris
. E. 0. Wilson
F. M. Carpenter
) . . . J. C. Bequaert
\ . . . A. G. Humes
PSYCHE is published quarterly, the issues appearing in March, June, September,
and December. Subscription price, per year, payable in advance; $3.00 to subscribers
in the United States and Canada: other subscriptions $3.35. Single copies, 85 cents.
Cheques and remittances should be addressed to Treasurer, Cambridge Entomological
Club, Biological Laboratories, Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
Orders for back volumes, missing numbers, notices of change of address, etc.,
should be sent to the Editorial Office of Psyche, Biological Laboratories, Harvard
University, Cambridge, Mass.
IMPORTANT NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
Manuscripts intended for publication, books intended for review, and other editorial
matter, should be addressed to Professor P. M. Carpenter, Biological Laboratories,
Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
Authors contributing articles over 8 printed pages in length will be required to
bear a part of the extra exF>ense, for additional pages. This expense will be that
of typesetting oniy, which is about $3.00 per p'’'” . The actual cost of preparing
cuts for all illustrations must be borne by comlributors; the expense for full page
plates from line drawings is approximately $8.00 each, and for full page half-tones.
$10.00 each; smaller sizes in proportion.
AUTHOR’S SEPARATES
Reprints of articles may be secured by authors, if i.'hey are ordered before, or at
the time proofs are received for corrections. The cost of these will be furnished
by the Editor on application.
The June, 1953, Psychk (Vol. 60, No. 2) was mailed Sept. 28. 1953
EATON PRESS INC., WATERTOWN, MASS,
PSYCHE
Mus. m?. zooi
LIBPAIY
JAN 1 1 195
Vol. 60 September, 1953 No. 3
THE INDO-AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF THE ANT
GENUS STRUMIGENYS FR. SMITH: S. WALLACEI
EMERY AND RELATIVES^
By William L. Brown, Jr.
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University
This is another part of my continuing revision of the
dacetine ant genus Strumigenys. Here are discussed three
species of the szalayi group, one of which is described as
new. The other species of the group will be treated in a
later paper in the series. The abbreviations for measure-
ments and proportions are explained in previous parts of
the revision: see Psyche 60: 1 (1953). Deposition of cer-
tain types is indicated by capitals in brackets as follows:
United States National Museum [USNM], Museum of Com-
parative Zoology, Harvard University [MCZ].
Strumigenys nidifex Mann
Strumigenys nidifex Mann, 1921, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.
Harvard, 6 A: 464, fig. 23, all castes.
This very large, dark brown species is found only on a
few of the larger islands of the Fijian Group. The original
description permits easy recognition ; the ant is larger than
any other species known from the Indo-Australian area,
although Mann’s measurements are a bit too low. I have
recently received specimens from Mr. N. L. H. Krauss taken
at Navai, Viti Levu. It nests under stones, where it builds
reticulately patterned nests with mud, or in rotten wood
[USNM, MCZ].
Strumigenys wallacei Emery
Strumigenys Wallacei Emery, 1897, Term. Fuzetek 20 :
575, 578, pi. 14, fig. 7, worker.
^ Published with a grant from the Museum of Comparative Zoology
at Harvard College.
85
86
Psyche
[September
1 have seen no specimens of this species, but Emery’s
figure and description show that it is very closely related to
S. opaca sp. nov., described below. Emery’s measurements
are probably too low (‘‘2%-3 mm.”), and in his figure, the
eyes may be portrayed as much too flat, judging from other
related species. In the width of the head, form and pilosity
of the antennal scapes, and other features, this species and
S. opaca together form a subgroup distinct from the other
szalayi relatives. Possibly wallacei, like opaca, may also
lack the intercalary tooth of the apical fork. Of ivallacei,
Emery says the gaster is “nitida, nigra, basi rugosi-striata.”
In the new species, the entire first tergite is sculptured and
opaque, and is deep red instead of black. As already men-
tioned, the difference in the eyes as portrayed in Emery’s
figure may not be reliable, so we shall have to await an
opportunity to see types of ivallacei before citing other dis-
tinctions between the two species. The types are either
in the Emery Collection, Museo Civico di Storia Naturale,
Genoa, or in the Hungarian National Museum, Budapest,
or both. Type locality: Lemien Forest, near Berlinhafen,
New Guinea.
Slrumigenys opaca new species
Holotype worker : TL 3.49 mm., HL 0.83 mm., ML 0.46 mm.,
WL 0.81 mm.; Cl 86, MI 55. Occipital lobes overlapping pro-
notum by about 0.04 m., this amount not subtracted from
TL.
Head in outline very much as in Emery’s figure of S.
wallacei (see above), very broad and similarly deeply ex-
cised posteriorly. Eyes larger, more convex and more
strongly protuberant, also more anteriorly directed, than
those shown for ivallacei in Emery’s figure. Actually, the
eyes are situated on low protuberances, immediately in
front of which run deep vertical preocular sulci ; the latter
continue onto the ventral surface of the head and join there
to form the deep postoral sulcus. Antennal scrobes ending
abruptly above the eyes. As the head is seen in direct dorsal
view, the dorsolateral borders run well inside of the ventro-
lateral borders and are only very feebly indented at the
level of the eyes. The periocular structure is similar to that
of szalayi, niclifex, etc., but differs in having the dorsolateral
1953]
Brown — Indo- Australian Strumigenys
87
borders only slightly indented above the eyes and in having
the eyes themselves much larger and more protruding, more
nearly prospicient.
Vertex evenly convex, feebly impressed in the middle;
occipital lobes strongly depressed and nearly plane dorsally ;
broadly expanded both posteriad and laterad. Clypeus more
than half again as broad as long, moderately convex, an-
terior border emarginate and weakly depressed in the
middle.
Mandibles about as shown in Emery’s wallacei figure,
slightly depressed and very slightly broadened just at their
insertions. Seen from the side, they tilt slightly dorsad and
are feebly arched. Apical fork of two long spiniform teeth,
subparallel and forming a U, the ventral tooth (L 0.10 mm.)
about % as long as the dorsal (l 0.15-0.16 mm.) ; no inter-
calary denticle. Preapical tooth slightly curved, spiniform,
situated at approximately the apical third of the ml, its L
ca. 0.10 mm.
Antennal scapes (straightline L about 0.60 mm.) very
feebly bent posteriorly near the base, where they are very
slender; apical half gradually incrassate, thickest at about
the apical quarter, and gently arched so as to follow the
contour of the sides of the head when in repose. This adapt-
ation evidently compensates for the incomplete condition of
the scrobes, and is seen in somewhat similar form in szalayi.
Funiculus L 0.65 mm., the apical segment occupying just
half this length ; iv longer than i ; ii and iii subequal, longer
than broad, together not quite as long as i.
Anterior promesonotum gently convex, descending be-
hind through the evenly concave posterior half of the meso-
notum to the lower, extremely feebly convex (nearly
straight in profile) propodeal dorsum; metanotal groove
obsolete. Promesonotum seen from above with a very nar-
rowly rounded and poorly developed anterior border ; cervix
with a median dorsal carinula. No traces of humeral angles
or tubercles, humeral region gently convex, promesonotal
suture obsolete. Propodeal teeth long (l ca. 0.12 mm.), set
far apart, slender, acute, feebly diverging and elevated at
an angle of about 35° from the plane of the propodeal
dorsum. Infradental carinulae indistinct, becoming obsolete
ventrad.
88
Psyche
[September
Petiolar peduncle slender, slig'htly longer than node.
Node evenly rounded above, very slightly broader than
long, with only very narrow, sublamellose vestiges of ap-
pendages posterodorsally, posterolaterally and ventrally.
Postpetiole twice as broad as petiolar node, and higher and
more bulky, subglobose, only slightly broader than long
(L 0.20, w 0.25 mm.) ; spongiform appendages poorly de-
veloped, restricted to thin posterodorsal border and meager
ventral and ventrolateral lobes.
Entire insect, except for shining mandibular apices,
densely and finely sculptured and opaque ; the sculpture pre-
dominantly punctulate as in other species of the genus, and
similarly becoming more superficial and indistinct on the
gastric dorsum, which, though largely quite opaque, be-
comes less definitely so toward the apex.
Dorsum of head, alitrunk and nodes with a sparse, in-
conspicuous ground pilosity of short, spatulate subappressed
hairs. Clypeus with a medially directed fringe of spatulate
hairs, about 9 or 10 on each side of the middle. Anterior
border of scape with a regular row of stiff, apically-inclined
oar-shaped hairs, becoming longer toward the scape apex;
a similar row appears in Emery’s figure of tvallacei, but
the individual hairs in opaca appear to have broader blades
apically. Hairs on inner mandibular borders near base
long, fine, subreclinate ; those near apex longer, perpendic-
ular. Abundant short subreclinate hairs along posterior
borders of scapes. No specialized erect hairs on head or ali-
trunk. Short, erect, posteriorly-inclined clavo-spatulate
hairs as follows: a pair on postpetiole; 3 pairs on basal
gastric tergite; transverse rows of 4-6 hairs each on suc-
ceeding gastric segments, becoming smaller and finer
toward extreme apex. Short fine hairs under gastric apex.
Color deep brownish-red; mandibles, legs, antennae and
occipital lobes a trifle lighter and more yellowish.
Holotype [MCZ] selected from a nest series of 15 workers
taken in rain-forest at Lankelly Creek in the Mcllwraith
Range, a few miles east of Coen, central Cape York Pen-
insula, Queensland during June, 1932 (P. J. Darlington:
Harvard Australia Expedition).
Paratypes: [MCZ, USNM, Queensland Museum, etc.] the
i953J
Brotvn — Indo-Australian Strumigenys
89
remaining 14 workers from the type nest series are very
uniform in structure and color, and quantitative variation
is slight. TL 3.18-3.51, hl 0.78-0.85, ml 0.43-0.48, WL 0.75-
0.81 mm.; Cl 82-86, Ml 54-57.
First Records of the European Mantis religiosa (L.)
FROM Maine. — Aside from the persistent records from
New York and Ontario, the last three years have produced
numerous records of this insect in widely scattered locali-
ties in Vermont, Massachusetts, and Connecticut. Although
only one specimen was reported in Sept. 1951, from Saco,
Maine (Mrs. G. B. Nutting), the following 1952 records
from York County, Maine indicate that it may now have
a hold in that state: three specimens from Biddeford, 15,
18 Aug., and 6 Oct. (H. J. Edwards, A. Lowell, and J.
Foran) ; one specimen from South Buxton, 10 Sept, (de-
termined by Mr. A. E. Brower of the Entomological Labora-
tory, Augusta). The Biddeford records, along with numer-
ous other “sightings”, were largely from the business dis-
trict, in yards, on window sills, parking meters, and the
like. Although the males fly well, as do many females be-
fore they become gravid, this relatively rapid spread is
probably due largely to long-distance shipments of hay and
nursery stock containing their egg masses.
The average winter temperature of coastal and south-
eastern Maine is close to that of southern Ontario, but is
deflnitely warmer than northeastern Ontario near the con-
fluence of the Ottawa and St. Lawrence Rivers. Since this
mantid is already well established in both these regions of
Ontario, it is possible that it may eventually become a per-
manent resident over much of New England, including
coastal Maine. — W. L. Nutting, Biological Laboratories,
Harvard University.
AUSTRALIAN CARABID BEETLES II.
SOME NEW PTEROSTICHINI
By P. J. Darlington, Jr.
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University
This is the second of what I hope will be a continuing
series of papers on Australian Carabidae. The first, with
some information on sources of material and methods of
work, appeared in Psyche, vol. 60, 1953, pp. 52-61. The
present paper contains the descriptions of seven new Pter-
ostichini of the Australian genera Leiradira, Setalis, TH-
chosternus, and Notonomus. Several of the new species
either extend the known ranges of their genera or show
unusual characters or variations. Except as otherwise
stated, all the specimens here reported upon were collected
by myself during the course of the Harvard Australian
Expedition of 1931-1932.
Genus Leiradira Cast.
Leiradira alternans n. sp.
Of general form and appearance of previously known
Leiradira (e. g. auricoUis Cast.) but larger and narrower;
color, including appendages, black or piceous (more rufous
in recently emerged individuals) with outer antennal seg-
ments brown ; rather shining, microsculpture faint, iso-
diametric on head, somewhat transverse on prothorax and
elytra. Head normal for genus, .67 and .71 width prothorax
in 5 $ measured; antennae geniculate but with 1st seg-
ment shorter than usual in genus; frontal sulci deep, linear,
somewhat curved and converging anteriorly, joined anter-
iorly by a variable but usually lightly impressed clypeal
suture; surface impunctate. Prothorax appearing at least
as long as wide but by measurement slightly wider than
long; base about equal to apex; sides broadly arcuate, al-
most parallel 1/3 from apex, strongly sinuate just before
base ; basal angles right ; lateral margins very narrow,
consisting of marginal bead only, with usual setae at base
90
1953.1
Darlington — Australian Carabidae
91
and about 13 from apex; base subtruncate or slightly
sinuate; apex subtruncate, with anterior angles very
slightly advanced; sub-basal impressions in form of deep,
somewhat elongate foveae, each connected with the margin
posteriorly by a deep, curved impression ; disc with median
line light, transverse impressions obsolete, surface impunc-
tate.. Elytra 1/5 or 1/4 wider than prothorax, not or moder-
ately narrowed anteriorly (variable), with sides subparal-
lel or slightly arcuate at middle, sinuate before apex, then
rather narrowly and almost conjointly rounded; basal mar-
gin either entire and conspicuously lobed or interrupted at
1st, 3rd, and 5th intervals (variation individual, not geo-
gi'aphical), approximately rectangular and strongly ele-
vated at humeri ; striae rather deep, entire, impunctate, but
finely granular at bottom; intervals alternately wide and
narrow (1, 3, 5, and 7 wide), moderately convex on disc,
more so laterally and apically; 3rd interval 2, 3, or 4 punc-
tate, the punctures somewhat irregular in position as well
as number; 8th and 9th intervals narrow and convex; frag-
ments of a very narrow 10th (submarginal) interval post-
eriorly. Prosternal process not margined, declivity flat,
without setae; metepisterna short; sides of sterna not much
punctate, but sides of abdomen especially anteriorly ex-
tensively punctate, with the segments more or less im-
pressed near sides. Fifth segment of tarsi without acces-
sory setae below. Male with anterior tarsi a little dilated,
first 3 segments biseriately squamulose; $ with 1, $ with
2 setigerous punctures each side last ventral segment.
Length 14-16.5; width 4. 1-5.0 mm.
Holotype S (M. C. Z. Type No. 29,016) and 3 paratypes
from Malanda, Atherton Tableland, North Queensland,
Nov. 7 and 8, 1950, collected by Dr. W. L. Brown in rotten
logs in rain forest; and also the following additional para-
types : 3, Millaa Millaa, Atherton Tableland, about 2,500 ft.
alFtude, April, 1932; and 1, Lake Barrine, Atherton Table-
land, about 2,300 ft. altitude, April, 1932.
This, the first Leiradira to be recorded from North
Queensland, is very distinct from all species previously as-
signed to the genus. The alternation in width of the elytral
intervals is alone enough to distinguish it from, for ex-
ample, L. auHcollis Cast, and all other known species of the
92
Psyche
1 Septemb-:!'
genus (keyed out and discussed by Tschitscherine in Horae
Soc. Ent. Rossicae, Vol. 32, 1898, pp. 39-46), and there are
many other specific differences. It is not so easy to say just
how the new species is related to ''Notonomus” opacistri-
atus SI., which Sloane eventually decided was not a Xotono-
mus (Proc. Linn. Soc. Neiv South Wales, Vol. 38, 1913, p.
409), and which is from Cairns, below the Atherton Table-
land. The two species are apparently related, but different.
As compared with the description of opacistriatus, the
present new species agrees in many significant details in-
cluding alternation in width of the elytral intervals and
opacity of the elytral striae, but Sloane’s species is evident-
ly a wider, less convex, somewhat differently shaped insect.
This is shown by the measurements he gives (16 by 5.5 mm.
— a 16 mm. specimen of the present new species would
be less than 5 mm. wide), by his statement that his species
is oval and rather depressed while the present new species
is subparallel and rather convex, and by his statement that
in his species the prothoracic margins (as distinguished
from the lateral channels) are narrow but wider toward
the base while the present new species has no margins ex-
cept the lateral channels, this being consistent with the new
species being a narrower and more convex insect. I think
that ''Notonomus” opacistHatus SI. will probably pro\ e to
be a link between Leiraclira and more normally formed
pterostichines, but I do not care to place it formally with-
out seeing it.
Genus Setalis Cast.
Setalis sloanei n. sp.
Almost exactly like Setalis niger Cast, in form and ap-
pearance, but very much smaller; shining black, legs brown-
ish piceous, antennae reddish brown ; upper surface slightly
silky but without distinct microsculpture. Head .62 and .59
width prothorax in 6 9 measured, almost as in 5. ulgtr,
swollen posteriorly, with small but even more abruptly
prominent eyes; frontal impressions deep, irregular, some-
what converging, joined anteriorly by a sharply defined
slightly emarginate clypeal suture; surface impunctate.
P}'otho7'ax 1/4 wider than long, narrowed anteriorly, .scarce-
ly so posteriorly ; base about 2/5 wider than apex : side.s
1953
Darlington — Australiari Carabidae
98
broadly arcuate anteriorly, straight or even faintly sinuate
and only slightly converging posteriorly; basal angles al-
most idght but narrowly rounded ; base broadly sinuate ;
apex subtruncate or very broadly emarginate, with ant-
erior angles not advanced; lateral margins very narrow,
with usual setae at base and about 1/4 from apex; disc
normally convex; sub-basal impressions short, deep, linear,
iri*egular or subpunctate; a group of punctures (sometimes
only 1 puncture) between sub-basal impression and lateral
margin; disc otherwise impunctate, with median line light,
transverse impressions vague; base not distinctly mar-
gined, apex margined at sides but not at middle. Elytra
about 1 6 wider than prothorax; sides subparallel, slightly
sinuate before apex, then conjointly rounded; basal margin
entire, bent forward and forming acute angles (more acute
titan in }tiger) at humeri; striae entire, deep, impunctate;
intervals slightly convex on disc, more so laterally and
apically; dorsal intervals equal, 3rd impunctate; 6th in-
terval a little narrower especially at extremities; 7th still
narrower and abbreviated posteriorly (ending near apical
14); 8th very narrow and a little more abbreviated (but
not so short as in niger) ; 9th with usual ocellate setigerous
punctures; a vague 10th interval present but not sharply
sei>arated from marginal trough. Prosternal process strong-
ly margined (not so in niger), without setae; metepisterna
short, they and sides of anterior ventral segments more or
less punctate, but body below almost impunctate; last 3
ventral segments deeply transversely sulcate basally. Male
with anterior tarsi moderately dilated, first 3 segments
biseriately squamulose; last ventral segment of both sexes
with 1 conspicuous puncture (sometimes doubled) each
side of middle. Length 6-7 ; width 2.4-2.S mm.
Holotype $ (M. C. Z. Type No. 29,015) and 10 para-
types all from National Park, McPherson Range, South
Queensland (on New South Wales border), 3,000-4,000
ft. altitude, March, 1932.
In appearance this new species is a diminutive of Setalis
nigtr Cast., but the size difference is great {niger is 10-12
mm. long), and there are some definite structural differ-
ences ; the new species has more acute humeri, less abbrevi-
ated eighth elytral intervals, and a strongly margined pro-
94
Psyche
[ September
sternal process. (The M. C. Z. possesses a good series of
niger from several localities in northern New South Wales
and southern Queensland.) The new species very much
resembles certain Setalimorphus, especially S. regidcm's SI.
(which we have), but differs in the unusual modification of
the seventh and eighth elytral intervals.
Genus Trichosternus Chd.
Trichosternus relictus n. sp.
Rather elongate in genus, subparallel, normally convex;
piceous black with purplish reflections especially on head,
pronotum, and elytral margins (sometimes brassy on head
and pronotum) ; legs piceous; antennae with 3 basal seg-
ments piceous, other segments pubescent and progressively
paler brown; head and pronotum shining, with microsculp-
ture fine and lightly impressed (nearly isodiametric on
head, somewhat transverse on pronotum) ; elytra (except
margins) duller, with microsculpture fine but deeply im-
pressed, isodiametric; but marginal trough of elytra shin-
ing, with microsculpture faint; whole insect virtually im-
punctate above and below, except for punctures of fixed
setae. Head large,- .77 and .85 width prothorax in • $
measured, but appearing wider; mandibles rather short;
eyes small but convex, slightly more prominent than genae ;
genae barely longer than eyes, convex in profile ; 2 setae
above each eye; frontal impressions parallel, not deep,
rather irregular; mentum deeply emarginate, with tooth
rather broad, short, channeled ; labium bisetose ; paraglos-
sae glabrous; inner lobe of maxilla strongly curved in at
apex, with inner margin densely ciliate. Prothorax nearly
1/3 (width/length 1.33 and 1.31 in <? 9 measured) wider
than long, widest about 1/3 from apex; base slightly nar-
rower than apex; sides only moderately arcuate anteriorly,
slightly arcuate or straight or at most faintly sinuate post-
eriorly; basal angles narrowly rounded, obtuse; base broad-
ly and shallowly emarginate; apex scarcely emarginate,
with anterior angles slightly advanced; lateral margins
rather narrow anteriorly, a little wider posteriorly, each
with a seta near (just before) base and at about apical 1/3;
baso-lateral impressions irregularly rounded, each with
whole bottom occupied by a low tubercle; disc normally
1953]
Darlington — Australian Carabiclae
95
convex, with usual middle line and transverse impressions;
base and apex margined at sides but not at middle. Elytra
subparallel, only slightly narrowed anteriorly, rather long
(in genus), only about 1/5 or less wider than prothorax
(appearing scarcely wider) ; basal margin entire, strongly
(almost rectangularly) angulate at humeri but not distinct-
ly dentate ; sides almost straight, then increasingly arcuate,
without distinct subapical sinuations, to right or slightly
obtuse sutural angles; striae well impressed, punctate; in-
tervals all rather strongly and almost equally convex, 3rd
with single setigerous puncture very near apex, 5th with
2 punctures, set respectively well forward (about as far
from base as from suture) and well back (punctures some-
what variable in position and single punctures sometimes
absent). Prosternal declivity and apex of mesosternum
setose; last ventral segment 4-setose (2 setae each side)
in both sexes. Male with anterior tarsi normally dilated,
first 3 segments biseriately squamulose. Length 23-28 ;
width about 7. 4-8. 3 mm.
Holotype $ (M. C. Z. Type No. 29,010) and 19 para-
types all from near the town of Margaret River, south-
western division of Western Australia, October, 1931, taken
under logs on the ground in eucalyptus woods.
This is the first species of the whole Trichosternus com-
plex to be found in Western Australia. It is a very dis-
tinct species, and I am unwilling to assign it to any recog-
nized subgenus of the genus, much less to say to what other
species it is most closely related. Superficially it is some-
thing like T. (Castelnaudia) speciosus SI., but is more
parallel-sided, with sides of prothorax not or at most faintly
sinuate, and with elytral intervals all about equally convex.
Trichosternus soror n. sp.
Form average in genus, small, rather convex; piceous
black, upper surface purplish, color brightest on head and
pronotum; legs piceous; antennae with 3 basal segments
reddish piceous, outer ones browner; head and pronotum
shining, with microsculpture fine, light, about isodiametric
on head, slightly transverse on pronotum ; elytra duller but
still somewhat shining especially on tops of subcostate in-
tervals, with more deeply impressed, fine, isodiametric
96
Psyche
[September
microsculpture; sides of elytra (8th intervals) dull, with
almost granular microsculpture. Head 4/5 (.79 and .81)
width prothorax but appearing wider; mandibles moder-
ately long; eyes small but convex, scarcely more prominent
than genae; genae slightly shorter than eyes, convex in
l)rofile; 2 setae over each eye; frontal impressions parallel,
not deep, irregular; mentum tooth bifid. Prothorax sub-
cordate, about 15 or 14 wider than long (width/length
1.20 and 1.27), widest about 1/3 from apex; base a little
(about 1/10) narrower than apex; sides moderately arcuate
anteriorly, then straight and converging posteriorly, then
moderately sinuate before almost-right posterior angles;
base scarcely emarginate at middle, slightly oblique at sides;
apex very broadly and slightly emarginate, with anterior
angles slightly advanced; lateral margins rather narrow
anteriorly, very narrow posteriorly, each with a seta at
basal angle and another about 1/3 from apex; baso-lateral
impressions normal, sub-linear, somewhat wrinkled but not
distinctly punctate; disc normal; basal area longitudinally,
ii-regularly striate; base and apex not distinctly margined
except near sides. Elytra suboval, narrowed anteriorly,
a little more convex than usual in genus, 14 to 1/3 wider
than prothorax; basal margin entire, almost rectangularly
angulate and subdentate at humeri; sides broadly rounded;
subapical sinuations almost absent; sutural angles nearly
right but slightly blunted; striae fine, defined mostly by
slope of intervals, rather finely punctate; intervals 1 to 7
strongly convex, subcostate, almost equal in height except
7th higher and costiform basally; 8th interval about same
width but only slightly convex and very dull; 9th (sub-
marginal) interval narrow and shining; each 3rd interval
with 3 setigerous punctures spaced in posterior half (none
anteriorly). Prosternal process and mesosternal declivity
setose; sides of metasternum (not episterna) with a few
coarse punctures but body below otherwise virtually im-
punctate. Male with front tarsi not dilated and with no
sexual pubescence; last ventral segment of male with 1
strong setigerous puncture each side and several smaller
ones in from margin near middle, of female with 2 seti-
gerous punctures on one side and three on other. Length
about 21 ; width about 6.7 mm.
1953]
Dariington — Atcstralian Carabiclae
97
Holotype S (M. C. Z. Type No. 29,011) and 1 9 para-
type both from Millaa Millaa,, Atherton Tableland, North
Queensland, about 2,500 ft. altitude, April, 1932, in “scrub’'
(ram forest).
The unmodified front tarsi of the male set this species
apart from most others of the genus. Otherwise the new
species somewhat resembles T. {Castelnaudia) nitidicollis
Cast, and its allies (of South Queensland etc.), but differs
in having the discal elytral intervals (1 to 6) almost equally
elevated instead of alternately so, and it differs also in
various minor characters. Unmodified male tarsi occur in
T. subvirens Chd. and T. simplicipes SI. (of South Queens-
land) but in these species the mentum tooth is rounded,
not bifid as in the present new species, and there are many
other specific differences. For these reasons I doubt if the
new species is very closely related to any previously known
one. This species is, of course, very small within its genus.
Genus Notonomiis Chd.
The following three new species of Notono inns go with
N. doddi SI. and saepestriatus SI. (both known to me only
by description) to form a subgroup of the '' kingi-gr oup'' of
Sloane’s second revision of the genus (Proc. Linn. Soc. New
South Wales, Vol. 38, 1913, pp. 404-449, esp. pp. 437-440).
The subgroup is apparently confined to North Queensland
(known from the Atherton Tableland and Mt. Spurgeon)
and is characterized by having the posterior-lateral seti-
gerous puncture of the margin of the pronotum on the
margin at the basal angle; the elytra fully and strongly
striate, with the third interval not more than (but some-
times less than) 2-punctate and the fifth and seventh in-
tervals impunctate, and the eighth interval (the tenth in
the species with extra intervals) narrow and convex: the
metepisterna short; the intercoxal declivity of the pro-
sternum flat and without setae ; the tarsi not striate above ;
the posterior tarsi with the first segment rather long (but
not quite so long as the next two together), with the claw-
segment glabrous below; and with secondary sexual char-
acters normal, that is the male with one seta on each side
of the last ventral segment and the female with two setae
each side, and the male with the anterior tarsi moderately
98
Psyche
[September
dilated and with the first three segments biseriately squam-
ulose below and the female usually with these tarsi unmodi-
fied — but see under N. masculinus, below. The species of
this subgroup differ remarkably among themselves in some
other characters, as the following key shows. Incidentally,
Mt. Spurgeon is probably the most northern locality at
which any Notonomus has been found.
Key to the species of Notonomus of the doddi subgroup
1. Elytron with 9 normal intervals plus a narrow 10th
submarginal one which does not reach base ... 2
- Elytron with 11 intervals plus the narrow submarg-
inal one (7th interval triplicate) 4
2. Head and pronotum shining; elytral intervals not
catenulate spurgeoni n. sp.
- Head and prothorax dull; elytral intervals catenu-
late 3
3. Pronotum transversely striolate; elytron with 3rd
interval 2-punctate doddi SI.
- Pronotum longitudinally striolate; elytron with 3rd
interval impunctate masculinus n. sp.
4. Pronotum shining; elytral intervals not much caten-
ulate (only 2nd interval crenulate on apical decli-
vity) saepistriatus SL
- Pronotum dull ; elytral intervals more extensively
subcatenulate triplicatus n. sp.
Notonomus spurgeoni n. sp.
With characters of doddi subgroup (above) ; a little more
slender than usual but otherwise of about average form
and convexity for genus; purple or purplish above, piceous
below, with appendages piceous to brownish-piceous ; rather
shining; microsculpture fine and light (heavier on elytra),
isodiametric in head and elytra, perhaps slightly transverse
(but faint) on pronotum. Head normal for genus, .70 and
.67 width prothorax in 6 $ measured. Prothorax a little
wider than long (width/length 1.12 and 1.20 in ^ 9 meas-
ured) but appearing as long as wide; base about 1/10 wider
than apex; sides broadly and rather weakly arcuate for
most of length, then straight or faintly sinuate near base;
1953]
Darlington — Australian Carabiclae
99
posterior angles rather variable, slightly obtuse or right,
more or less denticulate ; base slightly sinuate ; apex slightly
and broadly emarginate, the anterior angles scarcely ad-
vanced beyond the line of the emargination, narrowly
rounded; lateral margins very narrow, scarcely wider to-
ward base; baso-lateral impressions normal, linear, im-
punctate, reaching base; middle line distinct, transverse
impressions sub-obsolete; disc impunctate, with lightly im-
pressed transverse wrinkles; basal and apical marginal
lines widely interrupted at middle. Elytra subparallel, not
or slightly narrowed anteriorly, not much wider than pro-
thorax (1.13 and 1.17 as wide in measured $ 9) ; basal
margin entire; strongly (almost acutely) angulate and sub-
dentate at humeri; striae deep, impunctate; intervals con-
vex, not catenulate (except extreme lateral ones), 3rd 2-
punctate, the punctures near middle of length and behind
apical 1/4. Length 13.5-18.0; width 4. 0-5. 3 mm.
Holotype S (M. C. Z. Type No. 29,012) and 16 paratypes
all from Mt. Spurgeon, North Queensland, 3,500-4,000 ft.
altitude, July, 1932, in “scrub” (rain forest).
This new species is sufficiently compared with others in
the key, above.
Notonomus masculinus n. sp.
With characters of doddi subgroup (above) ; a little
broader than usual but otherwise of about average form for
genus; black, faintly purplish above, greenish at middle
of pronotum, appendages black to piceous; head and pro-
notum dull, elytral intervals more shining ; reticulate micro-
sculpture very fine and isodiametric on head and elytra, re-
placed by close longitudinal strigae on pronotum. Head.
normal, not large, .66 and .65 width prothorax in ^ $
measured. Prothorax 1/4 to 1/3 wider than long; base
1/5 or less wider than apex ; sides moderately arcuate, then
straight and converging to obtuse but denticulate posterior
angles; base slightly sinuate; apex broadly emarginate,
with anterior angles not advanced beyond line of emarg-
ination, narrowly rounded; lateral margins very narrow;
baso-lateral impressions linear; disc almost flat, impunct-
ate, with middle line distinct but transverse impressions
obsolete; base and apex not margined at middle. Elytra
100
Psyche
[September
rather broad, about 1/5 wider than prothorax; not much
narrowed anteriorly; sides very broadly arcuate; anterior
margin entire, about rectangular and at most finely dentate
at humeri ; striae deep, not visibly punctate ; intervals con-
vex, strongly catenulate, 3rd impunctate (in all specimens).
Secondary sexual characters of $ normal, but $ with
anterior tarsi, though not much dilated, with first segment
conspicuously biseriately squamulose below. Length about
17.5-20.5; width 5. 4-6. 6 mm.
Holotype 6 (M. C. Z. Type No. 29,013) and 4$ 1$
paratypes all from Millaa Millaa, Atherton Tableland,
North Queensland, about 2,500 ft. altitude, April, 1932.
Also 2 specimens ( ^ $ ), not types, from Herberton, Ather-
ton Tableland, July, 1951, collected by and received from
Dr. J. G. Brooks.
This species too is sufficiently compared with others in the
key, above. The carrying over into the female sex of a
part of the clothing of the male front tarsus is unique
among Carabidae, so far as I know. Since the squamules
are conspicuously present on the first segment of both
front tarsi of two females from different localities, I sup-
pose that this is a specific character and not an individual
abnoi-mality.
Nolonomus triplicatus n. sp.
With characters of doddi subgroup (above) ; form about
average for genus; piceous, dull bronze above, appendages
piceous to brown; entire upper surface rather dull, with
fine, well impressed, isodiametric microsculpture. Head
normal, not large, .65 and .63 width prothorax in 5 $
measured. Prothorax 1/4 to 1/3 wider than long; base
about 1/5 or less wider than apex; sides moderately arcu-
ate for most of length, nearly straight and converging near
base; posterior angles obtuse but subdenticulate ; base
slightly sinuate; apex broadly emarginate, with anterior
angles not advanced beyond line of curve of emargination,
narrowly rounded; lateral margins narrow only slightly
wider basally; baso-lateral impressions linear; disc only
slightly convex, impunctate, with middle line distinct but
transverse impressions indistinct; base and apex not marg-
ined at middle. Elytra moderately broad, subparallel, not
1953]
Darlington — Australuui Carabidac
101
much narrowed anteriorly, about 1/8 or 1/7 wider than
prothorax; anterior margin entire, rectangular and sub-
dentate at humeri ; striae deep ; intervals convex, sub-
catenate or catenate especially posteriorly, 7th tripled, 3rd
with 2 setigerous punctures, near middle of length and
behind posterior 1/4. Length about 18 ; width about 5.6 mm.
Holotype S (M. C. Z. Type No. 29,014) and 3 paratypes
( ^ ) all from Lake Barrine (type) and the nearby
town of Yungaburra, Atherton Tableland, about 2,300 ft.
altitude, April, 1932.
Like the preceding ones, this new species is sufficiently
compared with previously known species in the key, above.
In many ways it is much like the preceding new species
{inasculinus) , but it differs strikingly in the tripling of the
seventh interval and in microsculpture, and the female has
normal, unmodified front tarsi.
TAXONOMIC NOTES ON THE ANT,
CAMPONOTUS COOPERI GREGG
By Robert E. Gregg
Department of Biology, University of Colorado
Several years ago I described an unusual Central Ameri-
can ant, naming it cooperi and placing it in the genus Camp-
onotus (Gregg, 1951). The specimen, a single alate female,
was sent to me by Dr. W. L. Brown, for description and
illustration, together with some comments on its affinities.
Since the facies of the ant is astonishingly like those of
Camponotus, and particularly because of its close similarity
to members of the subgenus Myrmostenus, both of us con-
cluded it belonged to these groups. It was accordingly
placed in the genus Camponotus and as a new species in
the above subgenus which Emery had erected in 1920
to contain several South American species previously de-
scribed by him. Unfortunately, all of these ants are known
only from the female caste, no workers having as yet been
found (Emery, 1925).
Recently, Dr. Brown checked the type of cooperi, and it
now develops that the ant cannot possibly be considered a
form of Camponotus owing to the fact that the antennae
are lO-segmented instead of having 12 articles character-
istic of the above named genus. The description and figure
also give 10 as the antennal joint number, so the mistake
obviously lies in our interpretation of the relationships of
cooperi. The slip is attributable to the amazing similarities
in habitus (except smaller size) between the new ant and
those in the subgenus Myrmostenus, which resemblances
are probably to be regarded as the products of convergent
evolution.
Dr. Brown has offered the following statement (in litt.)
with respect to his current view on the matter. “Although
the proventriculus has not been dissected out for examina-
tion, it appears very probable that this species [cooperi]
102
1953 )
Gregg — Camponotus cooperi
103
really belongs in the vicinity of Myrmelachista, particularly
of the subgenus Decamera Roger. The species described by
Menozzi (1935) as Aphomomyrmex {Neaphomus) goetschi
from Chile also falls close into this group, according to his
characterization and Wheeler’s key of 1922. The genera of
the tribe Myrmelachistini appear to be in confusion, partly
due to the unsatisfactory nature of the antennal club as a
stable group character. A female of Myrmelachista (Dec-
amera) paderetuskii Forel in the Museum of Comparative
Zoology is almost as large as the cooperi female, but is
much less aberrant in many ways. At present it appears
best to consider Menozzi’s goetschi, with cooperi, as mem-
bers of an independent genus bearing the name Neaphomus
Menozzi.”
There is no doubt that cooperi must be removed from
Camponotus and placed in another, and more appropriate,
genus, and it seems advisable to do so without involving
any new generic names at this time, even though the group
chosen may be shown subsequently to be an artificial as-
semblage. However, I do not concur with Dr. Brown’s
treatment quoted above, which would produce certain no-
menclatural changes, but feel that in view of the unsatis-
factory nature of the classification of the various species
concerned, it is much safer to make as few shifts as pos-
sible, and to place the ant in question in the genus Apho-
moniyrmex into which group it falls with no difficulty ac-
cording to Wheeler’s key to the genera written in 1922.
Wheeler expressly states that the females of this genus
have 10-segmented antennae, and since no workers ac-
companied the specimen of cooperi, it is impossible to state
what their antennal condition may be and we are forced
to rely entirely upon the segment number of the female.
Furthermore, while the genus Myrmelachista (subgenus
Decamera) possesses 10-jointed antennae, the genus as a
whole has a differentiated club, which is absent from the
cooperi female, the joints of same showing a gradual in-
crease in thickness toward the tips of the antennae. And
finally, I am informed by Dr. Creighton that females of the
genus Myrmelachista he has seen look much like those of
Iridomyrmex in general appearance (despite the difference
in subfamily allocation), which would make those species
104
Psyche
1 St-p't- .ibvr
decidedly unlike the cooperi female.^
Wheeler gives the distribution of Aphomomynnex as
Ethiopian and Myrmelachista as Neotropical, but this is
no proof the former could not occur in the New World trop-
ics, especially as the fauna of that region is far from ex-
haustively studied. Moreover, Menozzi (1935) descril>ed
a Neotropical Aphomomyrmex nearly twenty years ago,
so it is not unknown from this side of the Atlantic. And
the genus which Dr. Brown proposes, Neaphomus, has been
regarded as a subgenus of Aphomomyrmex.
In view of the above discussion, therefore, and particular-
ly since we are as yet unable to associate the worker caste
with the female of the species concerned, I submit the
following correction, and the synonymy then should i*ead :
Aphomomyrmex (Neaphomus) cooperi (Gregg), nevv
combination for Camponotus (Myrmostenus) cooperi
Gregg, 1951, loc. cit.
Literati kp: Cited
Emery, C.
1925. Suhfain. Foimicinao. Genera Inscct(3nmi. Ease. 183.
Gregg, R. E.
1951. Two new species of exotic ants. Psyche, 58:77-84.
Menozzi, C.
1935. Lc Eormichc del Cile. Zool. Jahrl). Syst., 67:319-330.
At' HEELER, W. M.
1922. Keys to the genera and suhgenera of ants. Bull, .\iiim. .\ln'.
Nat. Hist., 45:631-710.
^ In contrast. Dr. Brown l)clieves, “there is no essential difh i. n<“« in
the clavation of the antennae between cooperi and certain hinDnim
.‘species. In fact, cooperi may be said to have stronger and nimf definite
clavation of the funiculi than does M. (D.) pndercwskii femalm Purtlc r-
more, certain species of Myrmelachista (eg. M. skwarrae) arc Muallf'r
replicas of Ah goetschi in all essential habitus characters, including the
lengthened head. Thus, while to Creighton some Myrmelachista females
ma}' look like Indomyrmex of the same caste . . ., at least .som< h.n e
an a])pearance very much different from that of iridomyrmex."
FURTHER NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN
EPICAUTA, WITH NEW SYNONYMY
(COLEOP., MELOIDAE)
By F. G. Werner
Department of Zoology, University of Vermont
The availability of series of several of our species of
Ejjicauta has made possible a more thorough study of the
species involved than has been possible before. Some of
the more extensive necessary changes are recorded in this
paper. Several of the series have been sent for determina-
tion and are acknowledged under the species. Most of the
1‘esl were collected by Dr. and Mrs. W. L. Nutting and the
author during the summers of 1948^ and 1949.
Epicauta emarginata Champ.
Kpicauta emarginata Champion, 1892, Biol. Cent.-Am.,
Coleop. U (2) :426, pi. 19, fig. 24. Vaurie, 1950, American
Museum Novitates No. 1477: 30.
Epicauta calcarata Werner, 1944, Psyche 50 (1943) : 70;
1945, Bull. M. C. Z. 95: 477. (New Synonymy)
A long series of this species (over 150 specimens) was
collected by the author 15 miles west of Lordsburg, New
Mexico, Aug. 30, 1949, on fiowers of a grass. Most of
the specimens fit the description of calcarata. Some have
broader and some have narrower tibial spurs than the holo-
type of that species. Two abnormally small individuals (7
mm.) have sparser pubescence and more slender legs and
tibia! spurs. The color of the pubescence varies from ciner-
eous to dull yellow-cinereous, being cinereous in most.
Two paratypes of emarginata Champ., kindly loaned by
Mr. J. Balfour-Browne of the British Museum, agree per-
fectly with some specimens in the Lordsburg series, and
differ from the holotype of calcarata only in having slightly
more slender posterior tibial spurs. The shape and size
’ This trip, for the purpose of collecting and studying Anthicidae, was
mad- possible bj’’ a grant-in-aid from the Society of the Sigma Xi.
105
106
Psyche
[September
of the anterior and middle tibial spurs are precisely the
same as in the type of calcarata. The two species are cer-
tainly the same.
The known range of eniarginata is now from San Isidro-
in Coahuila to west Texas and southeastern Arizona. I
have the following additional records: Texas: Marathon,
July 9, 1938 (K. U.) ; Culbertson Co., Aug. 30, 1947, D. J.
and J. N. Knull (Ohio). New Mexico: Luna Co., Oct. 1
(Ohio). Arizona: Douglas, Cochise Co., July 3, 1931, W.
W. Jones (Parker) ; near Willcox, Cochise Co., Sept. 3, F.
H. Parker, on flowers of Kallstroemia (Parker) ; Dragoon
Mts., Cochise Co., Sept. 10, 1947, D. J. and J. N. Knull
(Ohio and Werner).
Epicauta ochrea (Lee.)
Lytta ochrea LeConte, 1853, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil.
<?:342.
Epicauta ochrea, Werner, 1945, Bull. M. C. Z. 95 : 495, pi. 6.
flg. 42. (See for rest of synonymy)
Epicauta moniliformis Dillon, 1950, Ent. News 61 : ]03.
(New Synonymy)
Ochrea is probably one of the more abundant species of
Epicauta in the area from west Texas to southeastern Ariz-
ona, but is nevertheless very poorly represented in collec-
tions. The reasons it is rarely collected would seem to be
twofold : first, that most collectors don’t know where to
look for it, and second, that most collectors who do know
don’t care to. Specimens can be taken at the bases of leaves
of yucca or bear grass {Nolina) almost any time during
the summer. One encounter with the leaves of either plant
is usually enough. Occasional individuals are seen in the
daytime on flowers of yucca. One experience with the
species on yucca flowers at night convinces me that it is
primarily nocturnal, though not “attracted” to light. On
July 29, 1948 we camped on the west slope of the Patagonia
Mts., east of Nogales, Arizona, at 5330 ft. in the oak-juniper
zone. On checking a small stand of a caulescent yucca short-
“ The only San Isidro I can find in Coahuila in the '‘Atlas Geo^ra;)hii-i ■
do los Estados Unidos Mexicanos”, Mexico, 1943, is near the Lafuina d(
Viesca in the southc'rn part of the state, on the Plateau Central.
1953]
Werner — North American Epicanta
107
ly after dark, we found one plant in full bloom, with a
swarm of ochrea on the blossoms, feeding on the petals and
mating. We knocked down and captured several hundred
specimens, losing at least twice that many in the process.
They took flight readily. This night one ochrea came to
our lighted sheet nearby, the only one I have ever seen at
light.
The series taken at this time should provide a fair sample
of the species. In it are small and large specimens, as is
usual in almost any large sample of Meloidae. All mixed
together, and with numerous cross-matings, are entirely
ferrugineous to very dark specimens in which the elytra
are ferrugineous. I have noticed this variation in color
several times in the field.
Mr. Dillon has separated moniliformis on the basis of
length of antennal scape, color, and width of body. Two
eutopotypical specimens in the Chamberlain Collection are
in the same size range as the two moniliformis types (9 and
11 mm.). The smaller specimen, a female, is colored as in
Dillon’s types; the larger, a male, is uniformly ferrugine-
ous. The lengths of the antennal scapes compare with the
moniliformis description, except that in the male the scape
might be just perceptibly longer.
The body form, color, and length of antennal scape can
be matched in my series from the Patagonia Mts. In the
same series are entirely ferrugineous specimens in coitu
with dark, moniliformis-co\oYe& specimens. There seems to
be a tendency for the antennal scape to be slightly shorter
in the smaller specimens. In about a third of the specimens
under 12 mm. long the scape of the male antenna just
reaches the hind margin of the eye; in the rest it extends
beyond slightly. The measurement is a difficult one to make
accurately and it often varies with the position or amount
of extension of the antennae. I can see no difference in
width of body in this long series or in the rest of the speci-
mens in my collection. Apparent difference can be traced
to amount of shrinkage of dried specimens, chance overlap
of the elytra or amount of distension of the abdomen.
My Patagonia Mts. series shows a considerable size range,
from 7 to 18 mm., with a mean length of about 14 mm.
108
Psyche
[September
Dark specimens are more frequent among the smaller speci-
mens but occur also among the larger.
It is my opinion that Mr. Dillon has relied too heavily
on exact measurement of variable characters in distinguish-
ing moniliformis. One of the difficulties of taxonomic work
with the Meloidae is the rather large amount of variation
in size and correlated variation in proportions, or in ex-
pression of secondary sexual characters.
Epicauta fallax Horn
Epicauta fallax Horn, 1885, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 12: 111.
Werner, 1945, Bull. M. C. Z. 95: 450.
Epicauta ensiformis Werner, 1944, Psyche 50(1943) : 68;
1945, op. cit.:AQ2. (New Synonymy)
Dr. J. W. MacSwain has sent a series of fallax, from
Patterson, Stanislaus Co., California, taken May 13 to June
4, 1948, by sweeping alfalfa. This series provides a much
better sample of the species than was available in 1945.
On rechecking the small series from Independence, Cali-
fornia that was used in my 1945 paper I find that all of the
specimens are females. The only information I had on the
male was a set of notes on the type in the Horn collection.
The male differs from the female mainly in the antennae,
which are long and almost ensiform. The following descrip-
tion of the male antennae, taken from a Patterson speci-
men, should be added to my earlier description. Antennae
2 1/3 as long as an anterior tibia, reaching basal fourth of
elytra. Segment I moderately slender, reaching 1/3 across
the eye; II small, moderately stout; III 1 1/2 as long as I
and 1/8 wider at apex, slightly curved toward the posterior;
IV to VII subequal in length and breadth, about 3/4 as long
as HI; VHI to X equal in length, about 9 10 as long as
VII, decreasing gradually in width so that X is about 3/4
as wide as V. Proportions-"^ of antennal segments (to a
Those measurements are used in an effort to provide a reascnabl}'
exact record of proportions of the individual segments. Segment I is given
first. The numerators represent length, the denominators maximum width.
The original measurements were made with an ocular micrometer in a
stereoscopic microscope, and are accurate to ca. p-0.02 mm. For length of
a segment a measurement was taken from the construction at the base,
4\fter the condyle, to the apex. The figures obtained were converted to
1953]
Werner' — North American Epicauta
109
total length of antenna of 1000 units) : 89/38, 43/33,
124/47, 92/49, 94/54, 91/50, 91/49, 82/49, 89/48, 86/43,
118/38. Segment V is the widest and the antenna tapers
gradually toward the apex, segments III to X being slightly
flattened and obliquely truncated at the apex. The most
characteristic feature is the presence of very short, ap-
pressed, dark hairs on the underside of segments III to XI.
These are directed perpendicularly to the axis and point
to the midline of the antenna from each side. They can be
seen only with fair magnification and proper illumination.
At low magnification the surface of the underside of the
antenna appears glabrous and roughened ; the upperside has
moderately dense, suberect pubescence.
The presence of these appressed hairs on the underside
of the male antenna distinguishes this species from all
others in our fauna, except E. ensiformis. On re-checking
the type specimens I feel that ensiformis is based on char-
acters that can be extremely unsafe, the absolute length of
the antennae and the width of the segments. The ratio of
the lengths of antennal segments seems to provide a reas-
onably reliable criterion for species separation. But there
is no difference in this ratio in the two. In ensiformis there
seems to be mainly an exaggeration of the width and a
very slight exaggeration of the length of the intermediate
segments, to produce an ensiform antenna from the antenna
of a normal fallax male. The types of ensiformis are like
the fallax series in all other details. From experience with
other species of Epicauta I am inclined to regard ensiformis
as a synonym of fallax and fully expect that more extensive
series will show a gradation between the two.
what they would be if the total antennal length, made up of the total of
the individual lengths, were 10 mm. and the figures represented 0.01 mm.
The total of the lengths as given is 1000 3, the error resulting from
lounding off anything under 0.01 mm. It is hoped that this system of
recording measurements will prove superior to a segment-bA’-segment
comparison, where errors accumulate as one progresses. It is also hoped
that the antennae of different species will be more easily compared, since
all would be converted to a standard 10 mm. length. The figures must
not be taken as entire!}" diagnostic, however. They are to be considered
as representing the antennae of a single “typical” specimen.
110
Psyche
[September
Epicauta diversipubescens Mayd.
Epicauta diversipubescens Maydell, 1934, Trans. Am. Ent.
Soc. 60: 333. Werner, 1945, Bull. M. C. Z. 95: 487.
Mr. H. B. Leech of the California Academy of Sciences
has pointed out to me that the Leng Collection of Meloidae
contains three specimens bearing the locality labels of May-
dell’s first three specimens and that each bears a red
“TYPE” label, probably put on by Maydell. I find from my
notes that the specimen in the U. S. N. M. which I had
thought to be the holotype in 1945 was without locality
label. This evidence supports Mr. Leech’s contention that
I saw one of the paratypes and that the holotype is now in
the California Academy. This specimen seems to be a male,
from Mr. Leech’s description, and is further distinguished
by the lack of all but the two basal segments of the left
antenna and in having a hole eaten out of one side of the
abdomen.
Epicauta jimenezi Duges
Epicauta jimenezi Duges, 1889, Anales del Museo Michoa-
cano 2: 73. Champion, 1892, Biol. Cent.-Am., Coleop. U
(2) : 417. Vaurie, 1950, American Museum Novitates
No. 1477:23.
Epicauta nigropilosa Maydell, 1934, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc.
60: 332. (New Synonymy)
Maydell seems to have been misled by Duges’ description
of this insect, which was black, with the “Elitros grandes,
de forma normal, granulosos y pubescentes, ferruginoso-
oscuro con bonitos refiejos color de purpura.” A specimen
in the Institute de Biologia, Mexico, D. F., is labeled jimen-
ezi E. Duges and bears a pin label “Guadalajara”. This is
almost certainly one of Duges’ type specimens. Maydell’s
type specimen, one of a series well distributed in collections,
is certainly a specimen of jimenezi, one of the most distinct
of the genus in Mexico. The “purple” refiections on the
elytra are equally well seen in the jimenezi type or in nigro-
pilosa eutopotypes, the color being produced by sparse black
pubescence over rufo-testaceous background, much as the
rufous pubescence over a black background produces the
“purple” of purpurea.
1953 j
Werner — North American Epicauta
111
The species is discussed here because certain specimens
from southern Arizona appear to be assignable to it. These
specimens from Arizona do not agree completely with a
series from Guadalajara, differing mainly in the color of
the el3"tra. The species is redescribed on the basis of a male
specimen from Guadalajara; following the redescription a
comparison is made with the Arizona specimens.
Black, the elytra rufo-testaceous, but with short black
pubescence that darkens the color. Length 22 mm.; width
across base of elytra 6.5 mm. Head subquadrate, as broad
as long to apex of clypeus ; surface densely punctured except
along a narrow midline, opaque because of deep microre-
ticulation. Antennal calluses not evident, being marked
only by the slightly sparser, irregular punctures. Pubes-
cence moderately dense but short, black, decumbent except
along the lateral margins, where it is erect and longer. Eyes
moderately narrow, 0.45 as broad as long, not very promin-
ent., Antennae slender, 2.7 as long as an anterior tibia, 12
mui. long. Segment I moderately slender, reaching 2/3
across the eye, almost parallel-sided; II short; III and fol-
lowing slender, slightly flattened, all but XI slightly wider
at apex than at base. Proportions of segments (to total
length of 1000 units) : 108/42, 51/29, 128/33, 101/37,
93/37, 93/35, 93/33, 88/33, 79/30, 75/29, 93/27. Maxillary
palpi of male slightly enlarged and flattened, glabrous be-
neath; labial palpi just perceptibly enlarged, also glabrous
beneath.
Pronotum subquadrate, just perceptibly broader than
long. Surface densely punctured, with microreticulation as
on head, and with short, subdecumbent to erect pubescence.
IMedian impressed line distinct on middle of disc; median
area depressed toward base. Scutellum black. Elytra rufo-
testaceous, more shallowly and sparsely punctured than the
pronotum but equally opaque. Pubescence black, short, de-
cumbent, moderately sparse but giving a darker tinge to
the color of the elytra. Anterior tibial spurs slender,
straight in both sexes. Male anterior tarsi with a dense flat
pad, broadened particularly on the first segment, decreas-
ing gradually in width to segment 4. The pad of segment
1 of the male is 1.9 as long as in a female of comparable
.size, and 1.7 as wide. In the female the pad is not as dense
112
Psyche
I Sf-p'ember
or as flat as in the male and is of almost uniform width on
segments 1 to 4. Posterior tibial spurs slender, sticklike,
the outer shorter. Underside entirely black.
The three Arizona specimens before me are 18, 20 and
21 mm. long and are of the same proportions as the Guadala-
jara specimens. They differ only in having the elytra dark
chocolate brown, made to appear almost black by the black
pubescence. Three specimens from Champion’s series are
also available, through the courtesy of Mr. J. Balfour-
Browne of the British Museum. Two are from Canelas and
one from Ventanas, in Durango. These, and one specimen
collected by myself in Tepic, Nayarit, have the elytral color
intermediate between the Guadalajara and the Arizona
specimens. For this reason I believe it would be prefe»*able
to postulate a North-South dine in elytral color, rather than
subspeciflc relationship.
The species in our fauna that Arizona jimenezi speci-
m.ens most closely resemble iis corvina (Lee.). They differ
in being opaque rather than slightly shiny and in having
the elytra a bit narrower. The greater opacity is caused by
the denser punctures and particularly by the deeper micro-
reticulation. The middle and hind tibiae of jimeyiezi males
are almost straight, as in the female, while in corvina males
they are slightly flattened, broader and more bowed than
in the female. The anterior tarsal pads of the male of
corvina are denser, broader and flatter than in the female
but the pad on segment 1 is shorter than in the male of
jimenezi, being only about 1.5 as long as in the female of
its own species. The two species are otherwise so similar
that they must be very closely related. Arizona specimens
will key to corvina in my 1945 key but can be distinguished
by the characters given above.
Type locality: Guadalajara, Jalisco, Mexico, (of uiyro-
pilosa Mayd. : same locality, Aug. 17, 1903, McClendon).
Additional records: Mexico: 1, Tepic, Nayarit, July 22,
1952, F. W. & F. G. Werner, on flowers of a Composite
(FW) ; Ventanas, Durango, Forrer; and Canelas, Dur-
rango, Becker (BMNH). Arizona: 1 male, Patagonia,
July 4, 1929, F. W. Nunenmacher Coll. (CNHM) ; 1 fe-
male, W. slope of Patagonia Mts. on Lochiel Road, St.
Cruz Co., 5330 ft. in oak-juniper zone, July 28, 1948, W.
15i53 J
Werner — North American Epicauta
113
L. Nutting & F. G. Werner (FW) ; 1 female, Tumacacori
Mts., July 22, 1940, D. J. & J. N. Knull (Parker).
Epicauta languida (Horn)
Macrobasis languida Horn, 1895, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.
(2) 5: 252.
Epicauta languida^ Werner, 1945, Bull. M. C. Z. 95: 424,
501.
The California Academy of Sciences has a small series
of this species, as well as the holotype. Below is a short
redescription, based on notes taken on the holotype (No.
154), seen in 1946, and checked at that time with the more
recent specimens. The species should be left in my group
A, in which the male does not have a row of stout apical
teeth on the metatibia, and should be placed near excors
and tenuilineata.
Color luteous, with the antennae brown. Pubescence tan-
iiish cinereous, depressed. Elytra with humeral and scutel-
lar dark markings. Head narrowly ovate, the surface dense-
ly punctured, with the intervals punctulate. Median im-
] tressed line fine, distinct down to the level of the hind
margin of the eyes. Antennal calluses denuded, smooth, of
moderate size and only slightly raised. Eyes transverse,
moderately narrow, emarginate. Male antennae 3 1/2 as
long as an anterior tibia. Segment I flat, straight, reaching
almost to occiput; II almost as long as I, flattened, slightly
CLU'ved; III short, 1/3 as long as II, 2/3 as long as IV; IV
tile largest of the succeeding segments, rest just slightly
shorter, slender, slightly flattened. Female antennae with
segment I reaching hind margin of the eye; II almost as
long as I; HI approximately 1/2 as long as II; IV and fol-
lowing equal, almost as long as II. Pronotum campanuli-
foi’m, 1/4 longer than broad; median impressed line dis-
tinct from 1/4 from base to 1/3 from apex; a prominent
impression at middle of base. Anterior tibiae of male with
two spurs, the inner slightly the shorter ; male anterior tar-
si not modified. Posterior tibial spurs spiniform, only very
slightly broadened. Underside not marked. Legs marked
as in polingi Werner.
Distribution: Baja California: Beside the holotype from
San Jose del Cabo there are specimens in the California
114
Psyche
[ September
Academy of Sciences collected by Michelbacher and Ross,
from 10 mi. N.W. of LaPaz, Oct. 6, 1941 ; Arroyo Seco, Oct.
6; San Venancio, Oct. 8; and Agua Caliente, Cape Region,
Oct. 18. It is thus far known only from the southern pcirt
of the peninsula.
New^ England Records of Ululodes Currie (Neurop-
TERA: Ascalaphidae) . — There are few records of the two
indigenous species of Ululodes from the northeastern corner
of the United States. The genus is not mentioned in
Procter’s Biological Survey of the Mount Desert Region
[Maine], Part VII, 1946, nor is it recorded by Johnson in
his Insects of Nantucket, 1930, or by Britton in the Check-
List of the Insects of Connecticut, 1920 and 1938. There
is only one citation in Leonard’s List of the Insects of New
York, 1926; and this is of U. quadri punctata from Staten
Island, in the extreme southeast. Records of both species
are more plentiful in Smith’s Insects of New Jersey, 1910,
and Brimley’s Insects of North Carolina, 1938; the former
work citing two localities for U. hyalina and five for U .
quadripunctata, and the latter, four and two localities for
these species, respectively.
Inasmuch as they represent extensions of the known
ranges of both species, the following records from the
author’s collections are presented herewith, even though
lacking such desirable data as precise locality and year of
collection : Ululodes hyalina Latr., Marthas Vineyard, Mas-
sachusetts, 19 July, 1 specimen at light. Uhdodes quadri-
punctata Burm., Marthas Vineyard, Mass., 2 Augu.st, 1
specimen at light; New London, Connecticut, July-August.
1948, 1 specimen. In all cases, poor condition precludes de-
termination of sex of these specimens. The author will
gratefully receive any records or specimens of Ululodes
from the northeastern United States. — George H. Beatty,
III, Plumsteadville, Pennsylvania.
A NEW NEOTROPICAL CHRYSOPS
(DIPTERA, TABANIDAE)!
By L. L. Pechuman
Lockport, New York
The writer has realized for some time that the Chrysops
urugitayensis discussed by Krober (1926) was not the spe-
cies described by Lutz under that name. However, he did
not wish to add to the already overburdened synonomy of
Neotropical Chrysops and as long as the identity of two of
Brethes’ species was unknown, there was danger of this.
Dr. Walter H. Hack of the Institute de Medicina Regional,
Resistencia, Argentina, has kindly furnished the writer
with descriptions of the Brethes species and both of them
seem to be distinct from the species described below.
Chrysops patricia n. sp.
Holotype female. Length 8 mm.
Head: First two antennal segments yellow-brown with
black hairs; third antennal segment yellow-brown at base,
fiagellum black; third antennal segment subequal in length
to total length of the first two segments. Frons yellow-gray
pollinose with pale hairs; dark brown pollinose in ocellar
area with dark hair. Frontal callus large, brown, margined
above with black. Frontoclypeus shining dark yellow with
a narrow yellow-gray pollinose stripe extending from be-
neath the antennae about half the length of the fronto-
clypeus. Cheeks densely grayish-yellow pollinose with a de-
nuded area below on each side which is mottled yellow and
black. Palpi yellow-brown, paler on inner surfaces. Pro-
boscis black. Thorax : Dorsum dark brown with two narrow
pale stripes and a broader stripe on each side above the
wing base. Scutellum reddish brown with a faint dark
horizontal stripe near base. Pleura brown with the usual
yellowish pollinose areas. Halteres brown. Legs slender,
mostly dark brown with a reddish tinge which is especially
evident on the fore coxae and middle tibiae; middle and
' Pul)lished with a grant from the Museum of Coiujiarat i\'e Z .'oh'gy at
Hurvaitl ('o!!ege.
115
116 Psyche 1 September
hind tarsi reddish brown, becoming darker at apex. Wings
as figured; membrane very clear; the outer margin of the
crossband is straight to the third longitudinal vein where
it cuts back toward the base of the wing and then again
runs straight to the fourth posterior cell where it stops
short of the wing margin; the fourth posterior cell is slight-
ly more than half infuscated; the fifth posterior cell is
mostly hyaline with a small infuscated area at the base:
the inner margin of the crossband reaches the posterior
margin of the wing only as a narrow streak along both sides
of the vein separating the fifth posterior and anal cells :
apical spot narrow, the same width as the marginal celL
extending into the upper corner of the second submarginal
cell over about one-fifth of the upper branch of the third
Fig. 1. Otrysops patricia Pechiiman n. .sj). Wing.
longitudinal vein. Abdomen: Abdomen dark brown with
pale grayish yellow markings. First tergite dark brown
with a pale posterior border which expands laterally reach-
ing the anterior margin of the segment and leaving an iso-
lated dark brown spot on the posterior margin at the lateral
margin of the segment; second tergite with large pale
lateral spots which are the full width of the tergite at the
lateral margins and gradually narrow toward the center
and do not quite meet along the anterior margin of the
tergite, and with a pale posterior border which expands
into a large mid-dorsal triangle which reaches the anterior
margin, and on each side of the mid-dorsal triangle the pale
border expands to form a small flat triangle; third to sixth
tergites dark brown with pale posterior borders which on
the third and fourth tergites expand into small mid-dorsal
'Uif.3 j
Pechuman — Neotropical ChrysopH
117
ti’iaiiKles. First sternite dull yellow with some vague dark
markings; second sternite dull yellow with a faint indica-
tion of a dark central spot; third sternite dull yellow with
a lai’ge median spot; fourth and following sternites fuscous
with a yellow posterior border.
(.■erro Pelado, Paraguay (F. Schade), M. C. Z. No. 29080.
I'aratypes: 1 female with same data as holotype; 1 female,
A’illarrica, Paraguay (F. Schade) ; 1 female, Aregua, Para-
guay, 20 September 1915 (Zurcher) ; 1 female, Tucuman,
Argentina, October; 1 female. Gran Guardia, Territory of
P^ormosa, Argentina, October, 1952 (J. Foerster). An-
other female from Villarrica was studied, but since it is in
])o*)i- condition and differs in several particulars from the
re.st of the material, it is not included in the paratype series.
Holotype and two paratypes No. 29080, in the Museum
i)f Comparative Zoology, Oambridge, Massachusetts; three
])aratypes in the collection of the writer.
Variations : The series of specimens varies in length
from 7 to 9 mm. The pollinose stripe on the frontoclypeus
varies from a little longer to a little shorter than in the
holotype. Some of the specimens show some indefinite dark
sti'eaks on the frontoclypeus and slight darkening around
the frontoclypeal pits. The denuded area on the lower por-
tion of the cheeks varies in size, and in color, from yellow
to black. In two specimens the two pale stripes on the
dorsum of the thorax broaden anteriorly until they meet.
In one specimen the dark marking of the second tergite is
reduced so that the pale lateral triangles reach across the
dark marking leaving leaving two dark spots near the
posterior-lateral margins of the tergite. In one specimen
the pale median triangle of the second tergite does not reach
entirely across the segment although its upper portion is
indicated by a paling of the dark marking in that area.
Comparative Notes: C. patricia seems to be the species
discussed by Krober (Konowia 4: p. 358, 1926) as uruguay-
en.'^is. Krober, however, mentioned that his interpretation
of nntguayensis differed from Lutz’ description of the wing
pattern of the type. In some undetermined material at the
Ihiited States National Museum, made available through
the kindness of Dr. Alan Stone, the writer several years ago
found a specimen from Buenos Aires, Argentina, which
118
Psyche
[Septernth;!'
closely matches Lutz’ description and figure of uruguayen-
sis. Three other specimens recently received also match
Lutz’ species. These were collected by Juan Foerster on
February 15, 1953 at Isla Berna in the delta of the Paraiul
River near Tigre, Province of Buenos Aires, Argentina.
C. Patricia is easily separated from Uruguay ensis Lutz by
the hyaline apical portion of the fourth posterior cell, uni-
formly narrow apical spot united for almost its full width
with the crossband (apical spot expanded apically and
just barely united with the crossband in uruguayensis) and
by the outer margin of the crossband which is relatively
straight below the third longitudinal vein and somewhat
irregular in uruguayensis.
Krober thought what he considered to be uruguayensis
might be the same as bonariensis Brethes but on a basis of
Hack’s recent paper (1951) they must be quite different.
The species redescribed by Hack, who had access to Brethes’
type, is either the same or closely related to C. frifaria
Macquart.
Some of the specimens of C. patricia received from the
Museum of Comparative Zoology, through the cooperation
of Dr. J. C. Bequaert, were labeled paraguayensis Brethes.
Dr. Hack kindly sent a redescription of the type of C. Para-
guay ensis to the writer and this indicates that this species
lacks an apical spot and the crossband is straight from the
costa to the posterior margin of the wing. C. paraguayensis
evidently is closely related to C. formosa Krober and may
be the same although the known range of the two forms is
rather widely separated.
Kefkhknces
Brethes, J.
1910. l)i'i)l('ro.s nuovo.^ 6 ])oco conocidos dc Sud America. An iVlu.s.
Xac. Hi.st. Xat. Bmno.s Aires, (3) 13: 472-484.
H.A(’k. \V.\ltek Hellmut.
19")1. C'jnl lihucion al estudio de los tal)anidos Argentines (Diji’tera),
An. Inst. Med. l^eg. Univ. X^ac. Tuciiman. 3: 157-184.
Kroebeh, O.
1926. Die C//n/.s7>;>.s-Arten Siid- nnd Mittelamerikas neh.^^t den n
der Insehvelt nnd Mexikos. Konowia, 4: 319-375.
Li tz, Ad.
1909. Tahaniden B;-asilien< und einiger X’ac!i')ai>'ta;iien. ZixX ■i-i'r.
Supi)!.. 10: 619-692.
THREE NEW SPECIES OF PANORPIDAE
(MECOPTERA)
By Fung Ying Cheng
Harvard University and University of Taiwan
The new species of Mecoptera described below have come
to my attention during a study of Old World Panorpidae.
Genus Panorpa
Panorpa chiensis, n. sp.
(PL 5, figs. 1-3; text-fig. 1,A)
Body mostly black; vertex and rostrum uniformly shin-
ing black; thorax black dorsally, reddish brown laterally;
the lst-9th abdominal segments of male shining black dor-
sally and ventrally; the hind process of the third tergite
is short and stout, unusually broad, with more or less trunc-
ate apex, and is in contact with the very short conical medi-
an projection of the fourth tergite; the 6th-8th segments
not prolonged. Fore wing: length, 17.2-19 mm.; width,
4. 7-5. 2 mm.; membrane hyaline, markings brownish black;
pterostigma not very prominent. Hind wing: length 15.5-
17 mm.; width, 4.5-5. 1 mm. $ genitalia: genital bulb
slender; coxopodites long, their inner margins bearing a
rounded process distally and a sharp tooth-like process
medianly; harpagones slender, the outer margin greatly
concave near the base, inner margin with a triangular pro-
cess and a true basal lobe, which bears a tuft of bristles;
the apex of harpagones usually truncate; hypandrium broad
basally; branches of hypovalvae broad distally, its distal
outer margins fold upward to form a triangular plate on
the edge, the apex folded upward to form a rounded distal
end, which reaches to the base of the harpagones; para-
meres simple, each consisting of a simple stalk, which
broadens distally with a somewhat twisted apical portion,
its distal inner margin usually bearing a row of short barbs ;
preepiproct narrow towards apex, with very small U-shaped
distal incision ; aedeagus with prominent finger-like ventral
processes, apical processes finger-shaped, lateral processes
very short, sharp tooth-like, extended upward.
119
120
Psyche
[September
9 unknown.
Holotype ( (S ) : Chi-i, Korea; July 5, 1940; in the Muse-
um of the Institute of Zoology, Academia Sinica, Shanghai.
Paratypes : Same collecting data as holotype ; 1 5 , in the
above Institute of Zoology ; 1 ^ , in the Museum of Com-
parative Zoology ; 1 ^ , in Cheng Collection.
At first sight this species looks like Panorpa approximata
Esben-Peterson, but the peculiar shape of the genitalia in
the male easily separates the two species.
Genus N eopanorpa
Neopanorpa baviensis, n. sp.
(PI. 5, figs. 6-8; text-fig. 1,B)
Body grayish brown, vertex grayish brown posteriorly,
black anteriorly ; rostrum brown, with grayish brown longi-
tudinal stripe on each side; thorax brown, meso- and meta-
notum with grayish brown median streak; the lst-9th ab-
dominal segments of male grayish brown dorsally and ven-
trally, median process of 3rd tergite short, extending a
little beyond the middle of the 4th tergite. Fore wing:
length, 15.5 mm. ; width, 3.2 mm., membrane slightly brown,
markings blackish brown; pterostigmal band broad, com-
plete, with broad basal branch and apical branch; basal
band complete; apical band very large, connected with the
pterostigmal band at both the front and hind margins;
basal spot obscure; marginal spot present; pterostigma not
very prominent. Hind wing: length, 15 mm.; width, 3.1
mm., similar to fore wings, except that the basal band is
indicated only by a spot at the hind margin. S genitalia :
genital bulb slender ; coxopodites long with truncated apex ;
harpagones slender, the outer margin slightly concave at
the mxiddle, with a row of short black hairs at the middle;
inner margin with a slightly projecting median portion and
a small basal lobe which bears a small tooth-like process
on its dorsal edge; hypandrium long; branches of hypo-
valvae slender, the basal portions wide apart, the distal
portions, slightly overlapping each other; the apex of hypo-
valvae usually reaching to the middle of the harpagones;
parameres simple, small and curved; preepiproct slightly
enlarged distally and with truncated apex; aedeagus small,
with a pair of tooth-like processes on its dorsal edge, the
121
1^53] Cheng — New Panorpidae
apical processes united, lateral processes tooth-like, usually
bent upwards.
9 unknown.
Holotype (5): Mt. Bavi 800-1000 m.. Tonkin; July,
1941; A. DeCooman; in Heude Museum, Shanghai.
Paratype : 1 <5 ; same collecting data as holotype, in Cheng
Collection.
Toxt-fig. 1. A. PdHorp'i chieyisi^, n. 8])., fore wing. If. \ e<>i)un j)p'i hnvt-
cn.-iiH, n. s])., fore wing. C, X eopanorpn contracta, n. sp.. fore wing.
This species differs from other described N eopanorpa by
its rather sharp wing apex and the very long branches of
the hypovalvae in the male.
122
Psyche
[September
Neopanorpa contracta, n. sp.
(PI. 5, figs. 4-5; text-fig. 1,C)
Body mostly brown; vertex sooty brown, rostrum uni-
formly grayish brown; thorax deep brown dorsally; the
lst-7th abdominal segments of female deep brown dorsally,
last few abdominal segments light brown. Fore wing:
length, 14.5 mm. ; width, 3.2 mm. ; membrane hyaline, mark-
ings grayish brown ; pterostigmal band complete, with a
broad basal branch and apical branch; basal band repre-
sented by a spot ; apical band large with two hyaline spots ;
basal spot absent; marginal spot large; pterostigma not
very prominent ; the basal portion of wing is very long and
narrow. Hind wing : length, 13.2 mm. ; width, 3 mm. ; sim-
ilar to the fore wing. $ genitalia : subgenital plate broad
with wide V-shaped distal incision; internal skeleton small,
the posterior arms of the plate rather long, twisted, with
narrow apex, the axis shorter than the posterior arms, ex-
tending a little beyond the plate.
6 unknown.
Holotype (9): Darjeeling, India; May, 1938; Maa; in
Maa Collection.
Paratype: 1 9; same collecting data as holotype; in
Cheng Collection.
This species is easily distinguished from others of the
genus by the very long and contracted basal portion of
the wings. The shape of the female genitalia also makes
its recognition easy.
Explanation to Plate 5
Eig.s. 1-3. Pnnorpn chiensis, n. sp. 1, ventral view of genital bulb of ^ :
2. i)reei)iproct of ^ ; 3. ventral view of genital bulb of $ with harpagones
removed. Figs. 4-5. Xcopnnorpn contracta, n. sp. 4, subgenital plate cf
9 ; 5. internal .‘^ke’eton of 9 . Figs. 6-8. Xeo])anorpa havicjisis, n. sp. 6,
A'entral view of genital bulb of 3 ; 7. preepiproet of 3 • genital bulb
of ^ with harpagones removed.
f
Chexg — New Panorpidae
LARVAL MITES OF THE GENUS EUTROMBIDIUM
ATTACHED TO A CAROLINA LOCUST
By W. W. Judd
Department of Zoology
University of Western Ontario, London
A pinned female specimen of the Carolina Locust (Dis-
sosteira Carolina L.) captured at Bayfield, Ontario, July
25, 1924, and deposited in the collection of the University
of Western Ontario, had a number of mites attached to the
upper surface of the hind wings (Fig. 1 - L). Some of the
mites were scraped off with a needle and were put in pre-
servative and were identified by Dr. E. W. Baker, Bureau
of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Washington, D. C., as
Eutrombidium {trigoniim (Hermann)?).
Fig. 1. Outspread liiiid wings of Di'iso.sieim Carolina L. to show' attached
larval mites (L). C — Costa, Cu — Cubitus, M — Media, Ri — First branch
of Radius, Rs — Radial sector, R+M — Radius+Media, Sc — Subcosta,
IV — First Vaniial vein, vd — vena dividens, Vp — primary vannal vein.
Vs — secondary vannal vein.
There were 39 mites on the left wing and 40 on the right
wing, on the upper surface, and a single mite was located
on the lower surface of the left wing on a vannal vein near
the hind border of the wing. They were attached to the
veins by their anterior ends and were confined to the sec-
124
19Wj
Judd — Eutromhidium on Locust
125
ondary veins of the vannal region (Fig. 1 - Vs) . Snodgrass^
shows that when the wings of the locust are folded the sec-
ondary vannal veins lie in troughs of the folds. Severing
says of the attachment of the mites that “on the adult grass-
hoppers, the favorite location is in the folds or plications
of the hind wings.” He records that on an adult female of
Dissosteira Carolina 175 mites were found attached to the
body and appendages. On the specimen from Bayfield the
mites were attached only to the hind wings. Some of the
mites were softened in alcohol and when examined under
the microscope proved to be six-legged larvae which re-
sembled the figures of “active engorged” larvae shown by
Severin (1944).
’ 1935. Principles of insect morphology. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New
York.
" 1944. The grasshopper mite, Eutromhidium trigonum (Hermann), an
important enemy of grasshoppers. South Dakota State College Agr. Exp.
Sta Bull. 3.
A GREGARINE, DIPLOCYSTIS, IN THE
HAEMOCOELE OF THE ROACH,
BLABERUS CRANllFER BURM.
By W. L. Nutting
Biological Laboratories, Harvard University
Until such time as the genus of giant cockroaches, Blaher-
us, is better known, both taxonomically and biologically, it
would be useless as well as impossible to present even a
reliable list of their internal parasites. Furthermore, con-
sidering our meager knowledge of the protozoan faunas of
some of our commonest roaches, the mere identification of
forms in exotic roaches such as these, must often involve
a certain amount of original research. However, since B.
cramifer has gained considerable standing as a general
laboratory animal in many institutions, attention should be
called to a rather unusual acephaline gregarine, probably a
Diplocijstis, which has been noted in some cultures of this
insect. Gregarines seem not to have caught and held the
attentions of many protozoologists, but the encountering of
such large, immobile bodies as Diplocijstis during dissection
of a cockroach, seldom fails to arouse the curiosity of the
entomology student.
The stages of this gregarine most commonly seen are
the paired trophozoites, and the cysts following the com-
plete fusion of these pairs (fig. 1). Both stages are opaque
white and smooth, and frequently attain a length or maxi-
mum diameter approaching 2 mm. Staining with haema-
toxylin reveals the nuclei and a coarsely granular cytoplasm
in these otherwise almost characterless organisms. From
one to 12 or more paired trophozoites or cysts may be found
in the haemocoele among lobes of the fat body, generally
near coils of the hind gut, but occasionally in the thorax.
The early stages of Diplocystis schneideri Kunstler are
found in the mid gut epithelium of Periplaneta amencana
until sufficiently developed to enter the host’s body cavity.
The cannibalistic tendencies of roaches insure the parasite’vS
126
1953 I
Nutting — Gregay'ine in Blaberm
127
perpetuation through the ingestion of mature spore-con-
taining cysts along with the tissues of weakened or dead
infected individuals. This mode of infection probably ex-
plains why heavy infections in this gregarine are rare, even
in crowded cultures of roaches, for crowding favors the
growth of enormous infections of many gregarines whose
cysts are passed with the feces.
I. Paired 1 rophozoitos (loft) ami early cyst of Diplncy-hs sj).
fro(!i till haomocoeie of Blnberns cmniijcr, X 13.
Since the mid gut and bind gut of B. craniifei' harbor at
least two cephaline gregarines, along with a number of
other protozoans and nematodes, it is impossible at present
to assess the effect of any one of them on the health of the
roach. The presence of D. schneideri in Periplaneta raises
doubts as to the specific identity of the Diplocystis in labor-
atory cultures of Blaberus. Large numbers of Periplaneta,
raised adjacent to Blaberus cages, have been examined for
the parasite with negative results. However, the identifi-
cation of the Diplocystis in Blaberus, either as schneideri
or as some other species, might involve carefully controlled
and lengthy infection experiments. Although the life cycle
of many gregarines is known, detailed information on their
biology and host specificity is extremely limited.
It might be added that the gregarines most often observed
by entomologists belong to the tribe Cephalina. These are
commonly found in the alimentary canal of arthropods and
other invertebrates. Some may accidentally reach the haem-
ocoele, but only a few are regularly found there. On
the other hand, members of the Acephalina are confined
chiefly to the haemocoele and associated organs. Most of
the known acephalines are found in annelids, but a few are
known from echinoderms and insects. I wish to thank Dr.
Victor Sprague of Black Mountain College, Black Moun-
tain, N. C., for examining the gregarine fauna of Blaberus,
128
Psyche
[September
and suggesting that this particular one might well be a
Diplocystis. For a partial synopsis of this genus, reference
should be made to the following paper which also contains
a list of pertinent literature. (Semans, F. M. 1943. Protozo-
an parasites of the Orthoptera, with special reference to
those of Ohio. Part IV: Ohio Jour. Sci., 43: 221-234.
271- 276.)
CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB
A regular meeting of the Club is held on the second Tues-
day of each month (July, August and September, excepted)
at 8:00 p.m. in Room B-455, Biological Laboratories, Divin-
ity Ave., Cambridge. Entomologists visiting Boston are
cordially invited to attend.
BACK VOLUMES OF PSYCHE
The Cambridge Entomological Club is able to offer for
sale the following volumes of Psyche. Those not mentioned
are entirely out of print.
Volumes 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, each covering a period of three
years, $5.00 each.
Volumes 10, 12, 14, 17, each covering a single year, $1.00
each.
Volumes 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, each covering a
single year, $1.50 each.
Volumes 27 to 53, each covering a single year, $2.00.
Volumes 54 to 59, each covering a single year, $3.00.
Orders for 2 or more volumes subject to a discount of
10%.
Orders for 10 or more volumes subject to a discount of
20%.
All orders should be addressed to
F. M. Carpenter, Editor of Psyche,
Biological Laboratories,
Harvard University,
Cambridge, Macs.
FOR SALE
The Ants of North America, by Professor Wm. S.
Creighton. Published in April, 1950, as volume 104 of the
Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, with 585
pages and 57 plates. Price $10.00 (postpaid). Send orders
to Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard College,
Cambridge, Mass.
BLACK STEEL INSECT PINS
Trade Mark “Elephant'’, the ideal black insect pin. Trade
Mark “Imperial", formerly Czechoslovakia. Both types in
sizes No. 000-7. Also Minuten Nadeln. Request samples
and prices from the manufacturer: Emil Arlt, Spezial-
NADELFABRIK, SALZBURG, 2, P.O. BOX 76, AUSTRIA.
PSYCHE
A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY
Established in 1874
I Vol. 60 December, 1953 No. 4
I
t'
TABLE OF CONTEXTS
The Ant Larv^ae of the Myrmicine Tribe Pheidologetini. G. C. Wheeler
and J. Wheeler 129
Some New S3monyins in CljArinae (Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae).
F. Monros 14S
Two New Tingidae (Hemiptera). C. J. Drake .... 151
Additional Notes on Brachypanorpa. F. M. Carpenter . . . 154
Cicindelidae (Tiger Beetles) Collected in Eastern New Guinea, with
Description of a New Species. C. M. C. B. van Nidek . . 155
The Indo- Australian Species of the Ant Genus Strumigenys Fr. Smith:
Group of doriae Emeiy. IF. L. Brown, Jr 160
Index to Volume 60
C^^P. ZBOL
LlCnARY
APR 2 9 1954
\mm\i
, !Jfi:VERSlTY
CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB
Officers
FOR
1953-54
President .
,
. W. L. Brown, Jr.
Vice-President .
•
,
S. K. Harris
Secretary .
.
.
. E. 0. Wilson
Treasurer .
Executive Committee
) •
1 •
F. M. Carpenter
. J. C. Bequaert
A. G. Humes
EDITORIAL BOARD OF PSYCHE
F. M. Carpenter — editor
C. T. Brues
P. J. Darlington, Jr.
J. Bequaert
PSYCHE is published quarterly, the Issues appearing in March, June, September,
and December. Subscription price, per year, payable in advance; $3.00 to subscribers
in the United States and Canada; other subscriptions $3.35. Single copies, 85 cents.
Cheques and remittances should be addressed to Treasurer, Cambridge Entomological
Club, Biological Laboratories, Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
Orders for back volumes, missing numbers, notices of change of address, etc.,
should be sent to the Editorial OflBce of Psyche, Biological Laboratories, Harvard
University, Cambridge, Mass.
IMPORTANT NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
Manuscripts intended for publication, books intended for review, and other editorial
matter, should be addressed to Professor F. M. Carpenter, Biological Laboratories,
Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
Authors contributing articles over 8 printed pages in length will be required to
bear a part of the extra expense, for additional pages. This expense will be that
of typesettin*' onxy, which is about $3.00 per page. The actual cost of preparing
cuts for all illustrations must be borne by conu'ributors; the expense for full page
plates from line drawings is approximately $8.00 each, and for full page half-tones,
$10.00 each; smaller sizes in proportion.
AUTHOR'S SEPARATES
Reprints of articles may be secured by authors, if they are ordered before, or at
the time proofs are received for corrections. The cost of these will be furnished
by the Editor on application.
The Sept., 1953, Psyche (Vol. 60, No. 3) was mailed January 8, 1954
EATON PRESS INC., WATERTOWN. MASS.
PSYCHE
^ :: ? zooL
APR 2 9 1954
lRSITY
Vol. 60 December, 1953 No. 4
THE ANT LARVAE OF THE MYRMICINE TRIBE
PHEIDOLOGETINH
By George C. Wheeler and Jeanette Wheeler
Department of Biology, University of North Dakota
In the Genera Insectorum Emery included the genera
Lophomyrmex, T rig onog aster, Pheidologeton, Aneleus, Oli-
gomyrmex, Erebomyrma, Carebara and Paedalgus in the
tribe Pheidologetini. Wheeler placed these genera in the
Solenopsidini but admitted (1922, p. 659) that the latter
tribe was “very unsatisfactorily defined.” We have followed
Emery.
The tribe Pheidologetini comprises about a hundred
species, most of which are Paleotropical. The tribe is noted
for the large size of the queens. In C. vidua, for example,
the volume ratio of queen to worker is several thousand to
one. Pheidologeton is a genus of harvesters, with a poly-
morphic worker caste ranging from minute minimae
through a graded series to gigantic soldiers with enormous
heads. The other genera are suspected of having relations
with termites, though just what sort of relations has never
been proved. At least they nest in termitaria. Aneleus and
Oligomyrmex have the worker caste strongly dimorphic —
large headed soldier and small worker. In Lophomyrmex,
T rig onog aster, Erebomyrma, Carebara and Paedalgus the
worker caste is monomorphic and minute.
In this article we have described the larvae of 13
species in seven genera. These larvae do not constitute a
homogeneous group. They are nevertheless better defined
^The research on which this article is based was aided by a grant-in-aid
from the Sigma Xi — Resa Research Fund.
129
130
Psyche
[December
as a group than are the larvae of the Solenopsidini (either
in the sense of Emery or in the sense of Wheeler) to the ex-
tent that at least a few minor characters are common to all
the known genera. The subtribes, however, are homo-
geneous and easily differentiated. Within each subtribe the
genera are not easily distinguished.
Tribe Pheidologetini Emery
Body hairs moderately numerous and uniformly dis-
tributed. Anchor-tipped hairs absent. Antennae small.
Head hairs few. Labrum short and broad (breadth 2X
to 3x length). Ratio of head width to mandible length =
3.0 to 4.0 ; average 3.5. Ratio of mandible length to mandible
width (at base) = 1.4 to 2.4; average 1.7. Surface of maxil-
lae without spinules. Anterior surface of labium spinulose.
Subtribe Lophomyrmicini Emery
Body hairs all of the same shape: either with the tip
denticulate or with the tip bifid. Labrum trilobed, the
median lobe projecting posteriorly. Posterior surface of
labrum densely spinulose. Mandibles as a whole curved
medially; teeth surrounding a denticulate area; anterior
surface spinulose. Labium with a median anteroventral
projection, which bears the opening of the sericteries at its
apex. Labial palp a low knob bearing five sensilla. Hypo-
pharynx spinulose.
Genus Lophomyrmex Emery
Thorax rather stout and bent ventrally at right angles;
abdomen elongate-ovoidal ; diameter greatest at the fourth
and fifth abdominal somites; posterior end broadly rounded.
Body hairs moderately numerous and short; all with the
tip denticulate. Antennae small. Head hairs few, short
to moderately long, with the tip denticulate. Labrum small,
trilobed, with the median lobe projecting posteriorly; pos-
terior surface densely spinulose. Mandibles slender and
thin; curved medially; apical tooth curved medially and
posteriorly ; a large anterior subapical tooth directed antero-
ventrally; a large blunt medial tooth directed postero-
ventrally ; teeth surrounding a denticulate area ; anterior
surface with several sharp spinules. Maxillary palp a peg
Wheeler and Wheeler — Myrmicine Larvae 131
bearing five sensilla. Labium with a median anteroventral
spinulose projection, with the opening of the sericteries
at its apex. Labial palp a low knob bearing five sensilla.
Hypopharynx with a few oblique rows of minute spinules.
Text figure 1. Trigonogaster recurvispinosa kemneri Wheeler, A-F — A,
head in anterior view, X85; B, left mandible in medial view, X247; C,
left mandible in anterior view, X247; D, body hair, X329; E, larva in
side view, Xl8; F, left half of labrum and labium in sagittal view, X165.
Erehomyrma sp., G-I — G, head in anterior view (with hair bases only),
X108; H, left mandible in anterior view, X247; I, profile, X18.
Lophomyrmex quadrispinosus (Jerdon), J-N — J, head in anterior view,
X85; K, left mandible in anterior view, X192; L, left mandible in
medial view, X192; M and N, two body hairs, X209.
Lophomyrmex qimdrispinosus (Jerdon)
(Text. fig. 1, J-N)
Thorax rather stout and bent ventrally at right angles;
abdomen elongate-ovoidal ; diameter greatest at the fourth
132
Psyche
[December
and fifth abdominal somites ; posterior end broadly rounded,
anterior end formed from the dorsum of the prothorax.
Anus posteroventral. Leg vestiges present. Segmentation
indistinct. Integument of ventral surface of thorax and
abdominal somites i-iii with numerous transverse rows of
spinules. Body hairs moderately numerous, short (0.036-
0.126 mm), all with denticulate tip; hairs without alveo-
lus and articular membrane except on the prothorax.
Head moderately large; cranium transversely subelliptical,
breadth 1.25 X length. Antennae small, each with three
(rarely two) sensilla, each of which bears a spinule. Head
hairs few, short to moderately long (0.018-0.072 mm), with
denticulate tip. Labrum small, short (width 2X length),
trilobed, the median lobe projecting posteriorly; anterior
surface of each lateral lobe with three minute hairs and/or
sensilla ; ventral border of each lateral lobe with three sen-
silla and several short oblique rows of exceedingly minute
spinules; posterior surface of each half with 1-2 isolated
and a cluster of 3-4 sensilla; posterior surface spinulose,
the spinules minute and in numerous long transverse rows.
Mandibles slender and thin; curved medially; apical tooth
curved medially and posteriorly; a large anterior subapical
tooth directed anteroventrally ; a large blunt medial tooth
directed posteroventrally ; teeth surrounding a denticulate
area; anterior surface with several sharp spinules. Maxil-
lae with the apex paraboloidal; palp a peg with one sub-
apical (bearing a spinule) and four apical sensilla; galea
a rather tall peg with two apical sensilla. Labium with a
median anteroventral projection covered with short rows
of minute spinules; palp a low knob with five sensilla (one
of which bears a spinule) ; a minute sensillum between
each palp and the opening of the sericteries; the latter a
transverse slit on the end of the projection. Hypopharynx
with a few oblique rows of minute spinules.
Sexual larva : Elongate-ovoidal ; head small, on the ven-
tral surface near the anterior end. Body naked. Head naked
but with minute sensilla. Mandibles with all teeth directed
medially. Otherwise similar to worker larva.
Material studied : numerous slightly damaged larvae from
Java labelled ‘Var. opaciceps Viehmeyer.’’
Wheeler and Wheeler — Myrmicine Larvae 133
Genus Trigonogaster Forel
Long, slender, club-shaped, with only the prothorax bent
ventrally to form a very short neck; posterior end broadly
round. Body hairs moderately numerous, very short, usual-
ly with a short-bifid tip. Antennae minute. Head hairs
few, long and with some part of the distal half finely den-
ticulate. Labrum trilobed, with the median lobe projecting
posteriorly; posterior surface densely spinulose. Mandibles
curved medially; apical tooth round-pointed and curved
medially; a large anterior subapical tooth directed antero-
ventrally; a large blunt medial tooth directed posteroven-
trally and sometimes covered with spinules ; teeth surround-
ing a denticulate area; anterior surface with many long
slender spinules arranged in transverse arcuate rows.
Maxillary palp a peg bearing five sensilla. Labium with
a median anteroventral spinulose projection, with the open-
ing of the sericteries at its apex; labial palp a low knob
bearing five sensilla. Hypopharynx with numerous trans-
verse rows of minute spinules.
Trigonogaster recurvispinosa kemneri Wheeler
(Text fig. 1, A-F)
Long, slender, club-shaped, with only the prothorax bent
ventrally to form a very short neck; posterior end broadly
rounded. Anus posteroventral. Spiracles small, the meso-
thoracic larger than the others. Integument with minute
spinules on the ventral surface of the thorax. Body hairs
moderately numerous, uniformly distributed, very short
(0.018-0.108 mm), usually with very short-bifid tip; with
alveolus and articular membrane. Head moderately large;
cranium transversely subelliptical, slightly broader than
long. Antennae minute, each with three sensilla, each of
which bears a spinule. Head hairs few, long (0.04-0.105
mm) and with some part of the distal half finely denticulate.
Labrum short (breadth 2x length), trilobed, the median
lobe projecting posteriorly; anterior surface of each lateral
lobe with 2-3 minute hairs and/or sensilla; ventral border
of each lateral lobe spinulose and with one isolated and two
contiguous sensilla; posterior surface of each half with
3-4 isolated and two contiguous sensilla; posterior surface
densely spinulose, the spinules minute and in numerous
134
Psyche
[December
long transverse rows. Mandibles curved medially; apical
tooth round-pointed and curved medially; a large anterior
subapical tooth directed anteroventrally ; a large blunt
medial tooth directed posteroventrally and sometimes
covered with spinules ; teeth surrounding a denticulate
area; anterior surface with many long slender spinules
arranged in transverse arcuate rows. Maxillae with the
apex paraboloidal; palp a peg with one subapical (bearing
a spinule) and four apical (two bearing each a short
spinule) sensilla; galea a tall slender frustum with two
apical sensilla. Labium with a median anteroventral pro-
jection covered with short rows of minute spinules; palp
a low knob with five sensilla (three bearing a spinule each) ;
opening of sericteries a short transverse slit on the end of
the projection. Hypopharynx with numerous transverse
rows of minute spinules. (Material studied: eight larvae
from Java.)
Subtribe Pheidologetini Emery
Body hairs of two or three types; those on the dorsal
and lateral surfaces deeply bifid, with the branches curling
away from each other. Labrum subrectangular, with the
ventral corners rounded. Posterior surface of labrum
sparsely spinulose or without spinules. Mandibles as a
whole not curved medially; the teeth not surrounding a
denticulate area; anterior surface without spinules. Labi-
um without a median projection. Labial palp represented
by a cluster of four sensilla. Hypopharynx apparently with-
out spinules.
Genus Pheidologeton Mayr
Short and stout; prothorax forming a stout neck, which
is bent ventrally to a right angle; dorsal profile C-shaped,
ventral profile of abdomen nearly straight ; diameter great-
est at abdominal somites ill and IV. Body hairs moderately
numerous and short. Of three types ( with intergrades) :
(1) deeply bifid, with the branches curling away from each
other and enlarged at the tip, the most abundant type (but
absent from the ventral surface) ; (2) bifid, with the
branches acuminate and nearly straight, a few on the ven-
trolateral surfaces; (3) a few simple hairs on the ventral
1953]
Wheeler and Wheeler — Myrmicine Larvae 135
surface. Antennae small. Head hairs few, short, simple
or with denticulate tip. Labrum subrectangular ; posterior
surface sparsely spinulose. Mandibles small, short, stout
and thick; apex forming a small tooth which is curved
medially and posteriorly; with two small medial teeth near
the anterior surface. Maxillary palp a low elevation bear-
ing four sensilla; galea a low knob. Labial palp represented
by a cluster of four sensilla. Sexual (?) larva voluminous,
plump, turgid, bean-shaped; head exceedingly minute, on
the ventral surface near the anterior end; mandibles with
the apical tooth vestigial and with only one medial tooth.
Pheidologeton diversus (Jerdon)
(PI. 6, figs. 8-16)
Mature worker larva: Length about 2.1 mm. Short
and stout; prothorax forming a stout neck, which is bent
ventrally to a right angle; dorsal profile C-shaped, ventral
profile of abdomen nearly straight; diameter greatest at
abdominal somites III and iv. Anus ventral. Leg vestiges
present. Segmentation indistinct. Mesothoracic spiracle a
third larger than the metathoracic, the others diminishing
slightly toward the posterior end. Integument of dorsal
surface of posterior somites sparsely spinulose, the spinules
minute and isolated or in very short rows; on the ventral
surface of the thorax and abdominal somites I and il they
are in longer rows. Body hairs moderately numerous and
short. Of three types: (1) deeply bifid, about 0.054 mm,
with the branches curling away from each other and en-
larged at the tip, the most abundant type, absent from the
ventral surface; (2) bifid, 0.024-0.054 mm, with the
branches acuminate and nearly straight, a few on the
ventrolateral surfaces; (3) simple, about 0.024 mm, a few
on the ventral surface; there are intergrades between the
several types; a few hairs on the ventral surface have
alveolus and articular membrane. Head large; cranium
suboctagonal, but with the angles rounded, slightly broader
than long. Antennae small, each with three (rarely four)
sensilla each bearing a spinule. Head hairs few, short
(0.006-0.036 mm), simple or with the tip denticulate. Lab-
rum short and broad (breadth 3x length) ; subrectangular,
with the ventral corners rounded; each half of anterior
136
Psyche
[December
surface with 5-6 sensilla; ventral border with a few spinules
and two isolated sensilla; posterior surface with 5-6 sen-
silla and three spinulose areas, a central area of minute
spinules arranged in a few scattered short rows and two
ventrolateral areas of coarse isolated spinules. Mandibles
small, short, stout and thick; apex forming a small tooth
which is curved medially and posteriorly; with two small
medial teeth near the anterior surface. Maxillae with the
apex paraboloidal; palp a low elevation bearing four sen-
silla; galea a low knob bearing two sensilla. Anterior sur-
face of labium sparsely spinulose, the spinules isolated or
in short transverse rows; palp represented by a cluster of
four sensilla; an isolated sensillum between each palp and
the opening of the sericteries; the latter a short transverse
slit.
Young larva: Length about 1.1 mm. Thorax bent ven-
trally to an acute angle; diameter nearly uniform but
greatest at the third and fourth abdominal somites. Head
relatively very large. Posterior end forming a knob which
is directed posteroventrally. Otherwise as in the mature
larva.
Material studied: two dozen larvae from the Philippine
Islands.
Explanation of Plate 6
Oligomyrynex parviconm Forel, Figs. 1-7 — 1, head in anterior view,
XI 15; 2, left mandible in anterior view, X303; 3 and 4, two body hairs,
X418; 5, first instar larva in side view, X39; 6, young larva in side
view, X39; 7, mature larva in side view, X39.
Phcidologeton diversus (Jerdon), Figs. 8-16 — 8, head in anterior view,
X77; 9, left mandible in anterior view, X209; 10, left mandible in
medial view, X209; 11, young larva in side view, X36; 12, mature larva
in side view, X36; 13-16, four body hairs, X418.
Phcidologeton nfjinis (Jerdon), Figs. 17 and 18 — 17, profile of sexual
(?) larva, X2.7; 18, left mandible of sexual (?) larva in anterior view, X209.
Careham icinifredae Wheeler, Figs. 19 and 20, two body hairs, X418.
Carebara lignnta Westwood, Figs. 21-23 — 21, head in anterior view,
X108; 22, profile of worker larva, X18; 23, left mandible in anterior
view, X245.
Paedalgus termitolestes Wheeler, Figs. 24-27 — 24 and 25, two body
hairs, X329; 26, head in anterior view, Xl32; 27, left mandible in
anterior view, X303.
Psyche, 1953
VoL. 60, Plate 6
Wheeler and Wheeler — Myrmicine Larvae
138
Psyche
[December
Pheidologeton affinis (Jerdon)
(PL 6, figs. 17-18)
Sexual (?) larva: Length straight from end to end
8 mm; length from head to anus through spiracles about
12 mm. Voluminous, plump and turgid, bean-shaped. Head
exceedingly minute, on the ventral surface near the anterior
end. Mandibles somewhat smaller; apical tooth vestigial;
only one medial tooth. Otherwise similar to diversiis worker
larva. (Material studied: six larvae from Dutch New
Guinea; hairs broken off.)
Genus Oligoviyrmex Mayr
Short and very stout; prothorax forming a short, very
stout neck which is bent ventrally to a right angle; dorsal
profile C-shaped, ventral sinuate; diameter greatest at ab-
dominal somites IV and v. Body hairs short and moderately
numerous. Of two types : ( 1) deeply bifid, with the branches
curling away from each other, the most abundant type,
absent from the ventral surface of the thorax; (2) a few on
the ventral surface, with short-bifid tip. Head hairs few,
short, varying in arrangement and shape. Labrum small
and subrectangular ; posterior surface sparsely spinulose.
Mandibles with a long slender apical tooth which is curved
medially; a large subapical tooth on the anterior surface;
an acute medial tooth arising from the posterior surface
near the middle of the mandible; one or two additional
medial teeth may be present. Maxillary and labial palps
each represented by a cluster of four sensilla; galea a low
knob.
Oligomyrmex parvicornis Forel
(PI. 6, figs. 1-7)
Mature worker larva: Length about 1.5 mm. Short
and very stout; prothorax forming a short, very stout neck
which is bent ventrally to a right angle; dorsal profile C-
shaped, ventral sinuate; diameter greatest at abdominal
somites iv-v. Anus ventral, with a posterior lip. Segmenta-
tion indistinct. Mesothoracic spiracle a third larger than
the metathoracic and first abdominal (which are equal),
the others exceedingly minute (one-third the size of the
mesothoracic). Integument of midventral surface of thorax
Wheeler and Wheeler — Myrmicine Larvae 139
and abdominal somites I and ii with a few long transverse
rows of spinules. Body hairs moderately numerous, uni-
formly distributed, short. Of two types: (1) deeply bifid,
0.036-0.054 mm, with the branches curling away from each
other, the most abundant type, absent from the ventral
surface of the thorax (a few of this type are trifid or have
the branches denticulate), without alveolus and articular
membrane; (2) a few hairs on the ventral surface, 0.018-
0.045 mm, with short-bifid tip, with alveolus and articular
membrane. Head large; cranium suboctagonal in anterior
view, slightly broader than long. Antennae with three
(rarely two) sensilla, each bearing a short spinule. Head
hairs few, short (0.018-0.036 mm), varying in arrangement
and shape (simple or bifid or trifid or with short-bifid tip
or long-branched with a few denticles.) Labrum small,
short and broad (breadth 3X length) ; subrectangular, with
the ventral corners rounded; anterior surface with four
minute hairs, four sensilla and a few spinules; ventral
border spinulose; posterior surface with six isolated sen-
silla and a few spinules. Mandibles heavily sclerotized;
a trifle stout; apex forming a long slender tooth which
is curved medially; a large subapical tooth on the anterior
surface; an acute medial tooth arising from the posterior
surface near the middle of the mandible; one or two addi-
tional medial teeth may be present. Maxillae with the apex
paraboloidal; palp a cluster of four sensilla, two of which
bear each a spinule and two a cap ; galea a short knob with
two sensilla. Anterior surface of labium sparsely spinulose,
the spinules minute and in short rows; palp a cluster of
four sensilla, two of which bear each a spinule and two a
cap; a minute hair between each palp and the opening of
the sericteries ; the latter a short transverse slit.
First instar larva : Length about 0.27 mm. Body short,
stout and subovoidal. Head very large, ventral. Hairs
simple, about 0.006 mm long. Integument of dorsal surface
with spinules in short transverse rows.
Second instar larva: Similar to the first instar but
with hairs up to 0.009 mm long.
Young larva: Length about 0.73 mm. Short and stout
with the prothorax curved ventrally to a right angle. Head
very large. Body hairs very short (0.006-0.018 mm), most
140
Psyche
[December
hairs on the ventral surface straight, with simple or bifid
tip; elsewhere varied (simple and straight or flexible, or
with bifid tip or deeply bifid) . Integument of dorsal surface
of abdominal somites Vi-X with spinules in short transverse
rows ; a few minute spinules on the venter of the prothorax.
Young larva: Length about 1.1 mm. Similar to mature
larva.
Material studied: two dozen larvae from Queensland;
courtesy of Dr. W. L. Brown.
Oligomyrmex jacobsoni Forel
Length about 1.36 mm. Body hairs shorter. With a
sensillum between each palp and the opening of the seric-
teries. Otherwise as in parvicornis. (Material studied:
numerous larvae from Java.)
Oligoinyrmex mjobergi Forel
Very similar to parvicornis. (Material studied: numerous
larvae from Queensland; courtesy of Dr. W. L. Brown.)
Oligomyrmex thoracicus Weber
Weber, 1950, pp. 16-17 : “The 6-mm. cell contained worker
and female pupae, the latter 3.3 mm. in length, and a few
larvae which could have been only female, being 1.8-2. 3 mm.
long. Early worker pupae were enclosed in the larval skin,
the latter being 0.9 mm. long. The female larvae were as
plump as those of Atta, one 1.8 mm. long having an ab-
dominal diameter of 1.1 mm. and a head capsule of 0.25 mm.
situated completely on the ventral side; no hairs were ap-
parent. Worker larval skins on the other hand were covered
with short hairs, bifurcate or trifurcate apically.”
Oligomyrmex {Aeromyrma) sundaicus Forel
Very similar to parvicornis. (Material studied: 18 dam-
aged larvae from Java.)
Genus Erebomyrma Wheeler
Short and stout; curved ventrally; posterior end conoidal
and directed ventrally. Labrum small and subrectangular ;
the posterior surface sparsely spinulose. Mandibles with
apex forming a long slender acute tooth which is curved
medially; anterior surface with two large medial teeth.
Maxillary and labial palps each represented by a cluster of
four sensilla.
Wheeler and Wheeler — Myrmicine Larvae 141
Erehomyrma sp.
(Text fig. 1, G-I)
Length about 2 mm. Short and stout; curved ventrally;
posterior end conoidal and directed ventrally; anus at the
tip of the conoid, with a conspicuous posterior lip; head
ventral near the anterior end. Segmentation indistinct.
Dorsal surface of posterior somites sparsely spinulose, the
spinules minute and in very short transverse rows ; ventral
surface of anterior somites with more numerous and longer
rows. Head large, subpyriform in anterior view. Each
antenna with three sensilla, each of which bears a spinule.
Labrum small, subrectangular in anterior view, short and
broad (breadth 2.3 X the length) ; anterior surface with
four minute hairs, four sensilla and a few spinules; ventral
border with six sensilla and a few spinules; posterior sur-
face with four isolated sensilla and a few short rows of
minute spinules. Mandibles heavily sclerotized; somewhat
stout; apex forming a long slender acute tooth which is
curved medially; posterior surface with one large medial
tooth ; anterior surface with two large medial teeth ; medial
surface may have a single denticle near the base. Maxillae
rather small, lobose; palp a short frustum with four sen-
silla; galea a short subcone with two sensilla. Anterior
surface of labium spinulose, the spinules minute and in
short rows; palp represented by a cluster of four sensilla;
an isolated sensillum between each palp and the opening
of the sericteries; the latter a short transverse slit. (Ma-
terial studied: two damaged larvae from Costa Rica; hairs
broken off.)
Genus Carebara Westwood
Shaped somewhat like a crookneck squash; thorax form-
ing a short, stout neck which is strongly curved ventrally;
abdomen somewhat swollen. Body hairs moderately numer-
ous and short. Of two types: (1) deeply bifid, with the
branches curled away from each other, the most common
type; (2) a few with short-bifid tip, restricted to ventral
and ventrolateral surfaces. Antennae small. Head hairs
few, short, simple. Labrum small and subrectangular; the
posterior surface apparently without spinules. Mandibles
small, short and stout; apex forming a short slender tooth;
142
Psyche
[December
two small medial teeth arise from the anterior surface and
one from the posterior. Maxillary and labial palps each
represented by a cluster of four sensilla.
Eidmann (1944, p. 458) characterized the sexual larvae
of this genus as gigantic {riesig) .
Wheeler, 1922, p. 171 : The larvae of the sexual forms
are ‘'so voluminous that they could not be moved by the
workers and are so soft and vulnerable that they would
have to be reared in chambers inaccessible to the termites.”
Carebara lignata Westwood
(PI. 6, figs. 21-23)
Mature worker larva: Length about 2 mm. Shaped
somewhat like a crookneck squash ; thorax forming a short,
stout neck which is strongly curved ventrally; abdomen
somewhat swollen ; posterior end round. Anus postero-
ventral. Segmentation indistinct. Spiracles uniform in
size. Integument of ventral surface of thorax with rather
long transverse rows of spinules. Cranium subcircular in
anterior view. Antennae small, each with three sensilla,
each of which bears a spinule. Head hairs few, short
(0.027-0.045 mm), simple, slightly curved. Labrum small,
short and broad (breadth 3x length) ; subrectangular, but
with the ventral corners rounded; anterior surface with
about 10 sensilla ; ventral border with a couple of isolated
sensilla and with a few spinules at either side; posterior
surface with six sensilla. Mandibles small, short and
rather stout; apex forming a short slender tooth; two small
medial teeth arise from the anterior surface and one from
the posterior. Maxillae with the apex paraboloidal; palp
represented by a cluster of four sensilla (two encapsu-
lated and two bearing a spinule each) ; galea a short frus-
tum bearing two apical sensilla. Anterior surface of labium
spinulose, the spinules minute and in very short transverse
rows; palp a cluster of four sensilla (two encapsulated and
two bearing a spinule each) ; opening of sericteries a short
transverse slit. (Material studied: numerous damaged
larvae from Java.)
Carebara winifredae Wheeler
(P1.6, figs. 19-20)
Mature worker larva : Length about 2 mm. Body hairs
Wheeler and Wheeler — Myrmicine Larvae 143
moderately numerous and short. Of two types: (1) about
0.036 mm long, deeply bifid, with the branches curled away
from each other, without alveolus and articular membrane,
the most common type; (2) a few, 0.027-0.045 mm long,
with short-bifid tip, with alveolus and articular membrane,
restricted to the ventral surface of the abdomen and to
the ventral and ventrolateral surfaces of the thorax. In-
tegument of ventral surface of thorax and abdominal so-
mites I and II with rather long transverse rows of spinules.
Labium with an isolated sensillum between each palp and
the opening of the sericteries. Otherwise similar to lignata.
(Material studied: a dozen damaged larvae from British
Guiana.)
Genus Paedalgus Forel
Abdomen spheroidal; thorax forming a short stout neck
which is arched ventrally. Body hairs short and moderate-
ly numerous. Of two types: (1) deeply bifid, with the
branches curling away from each other, the most abundant
type; (2) a few with bifid tip, on the ventral surface. Head
hairs few and short, those above the antennal level deeply
bifid, those below with bifid tip. Labrum small and sub-
rectangular ; posterior surface apparently without spinules.
Mandibles short and stout; anterior surface produced into
a medial blade which bears two stout medial teeth ; posterior
surface with one medial tooth. Maxillary and labial palps
each represented by a cluster of four sensilla.
Wheeler, 1922, p. 119: ‘That the salivary glands may
be important as exudate organs throughout life is indicated
by certain genera of Myrmicinae (e.g., Paedalgus), the
larvae of which have no exudatoria but greatly developed
salivary glands, though the latter are never used for spin-
ning cocoons in the prepupal stage.” (Mentioned by Wheeler
1928, p. 233 = 1926, p. 281.)
Paedalgus termitolestes Wheeler
(PI. 6, figs. 24-27)
Abdomen spheroidal; thorax forming a short stout neck
which is arched ventrally; segmentation indistinct (ac-
cording to W. M. Wheeler). Integument of ventral surface
of thorax with rather long transverse rows of minute
144
Psyche
[December
spinules. Body hairs moderately numerous, uniformly dis-
tributed and short. Of two types: (1) deeply bifid, about
0.036 mm long, with the branches curling away from each
other, the most abundant type, without alveolus and articu-
lar membrane, absent from the ventral surface; (2) a few
on the ventral surface, about 0.018 mm long, nearly straight,
with the tip bifid, with alveolus and articular membrane.
Cranium transversely subelliptical in anterior view, slight-
ly broader than long. Antennae each with three sensilla,
each of which bears a spinule. Head hairs few, short
(about 0.027 mm), those dorsal to the antennal level deep-
ly bifid, ventral to the antennal level with bifid tip. Labrum
small, short (breadth 2.2 X length) ; subrectangular, but
with the ventral corners rounded; anterior surface with
about ten sensilla ; posterior surface with about six sensilla.
Mandibles short, stout and heavily sclerotized ; apex slender
and curved medially; anterior surface produced into a
medial blade which bears two stout medial teeth; posterior
surface with one medial tooth. Maxillae with the apex
paraboloidal; palp represented by a cluster of four sensilla
(two encapsulated and two bearing a spinule each) ; galea
a short frustum with two apical sensilla. Anterior surface
of the labium with a few rows of minute spinules; palp
represented by a cluster of four sensilla (two encapsulated
and two bearing a spinule each) ; an isolated sensillum be-
tween each palp and the opening of the sericteries; the
latter a short transverse slit. (Material studied: a single
damaged integument from the Congo.)
Bischoff (1927, pp. 94-95) cited Wheeler (1918) on tro-
phallaxis in this species.
Forel (1922, p. 83 = 1928, Vol. I, pp. 462-463) cited the
same.
Wheeler, 1918: “The larva has a singular shape, being
almost spherical, with a short neck, small head and minute,
bidenticulate mandibles. The delicate integument is studded
with very short, stiff hairs, each of which has two recurved
branches. The larvae, which are held together in compact
masses by the interlocking of these hooked hairs, are fed
with liquid food by regurgitation as is evident from the
contents of their large spherical stomachs and the very
feeble development of their mouthparts. Although, like
Wheeler and Wheeler — Myrmicine Larvae 145
other Myrmicinae, they do not spin cocoons but form naked
pupae, they nevertheless possess huge salivary glands. Even
in the very young larva the salivary receptacle on each side
is full of a clear liquid secreted by the large cells of the two
branches of the gland. In the nearly full-grown female
larva the glands are very voluminous and their lumen and
that of the receptacle full of secretion shown as dark, com-
pact masses in the figure, which was, of course, drawn from
a specimen hardened and dehydrated in alcohol. As such
an amount of saliva would hardly be necessary for digestive
purposes and as it is not used in the form of silk by the
full-grown larva, it probably serves as a store of food for
the nurses. The Paedalgm larvae, therefore, would seem
to resemble the repletes of honey ants . . . except that the
food for the workers is metabolized and stored as saliva by
the larva, instead of merely being ingurgitated and stored
in the ingluvies, or crop by a certain number of workers.
From the fact that other Myrmicine ants, although they
spin no cocoons, often have well-developed salivary glands,
we may infer that these organs have much the same func-
tion as in Paedalgus” (pp. 301-302). Fig. 5 on p. 303: A,
very young larva in side view showing internal anatomy;
B, nearly mature female larva in side view showing salivary
glands.
Wheeler, 1922: “They are white, nearly spherical, with
short neck, small head, and very feebly developed mouth-
parts, indicating that they are fed by the tiny workers with
regurgitated liquid food. They are . . . covered uniformly
with short, stiff, sparse hairs, each of which has two re-
curved branches. Even in alcohol, the larvae cling com-
pactly together in masses by means of these hooks. When
stained and cleared, the larvae are seen to possess unusually
voluminous salivary glands. The youngest individuals,
scarcely 0.2 mm. long, have the receptacle full of clear
secretion. In older larvae, the secretion after dehydration
forms great masses in the receptacles and lumen of the
glands. As these organs are not used in spinning a cocoon,
it is very probable that the secretion ... is elaborated and
used as a food for the workers (trophallaxis) ” (pp. 179-
180). Fig. 43 on p. 179 = Wheeler, 1918, Fig. 5.
In this same article Wheeler concluded (pp. 118-119)
146
Psyche
[December
from his study of the larvae of Pachysima spp. and ''Paedal-
gus infimus (vide infra) . . . that the young larvae are
fed by regurgitation, the older larvae with pellets of crushed
insects, and that, especially during their younger stages,
the larvae are so assiduously fed and cared for because they
furnish liquid exudates, small in quantity, to be sure, but
of such a quality as to excite the appetite of their nurses
and induce regurgitation. I believe that the salivary glands,
as soon as they develop, take on the function of supplying
exudates.” Infimus here must be a lapsus for termitolestes,
since the only subsequent reference is to Santschi's descrip-
tion (see below) and there is no evidence that Wheeler
ever studied the larvae of infimus,
Paedalgus infimus (Santschi)
Santschi, 1914, p. 365: “Les larves sont glabres.” (Men-
tioned by Wheeler, 1922, p. 179.)
Wheeler, 1922, p. 118 : See last paragraph under P. termi-
tolestes above.
A Bibliography of the Larvae of the Tribe Pheidologetini
Bischoff, H.
1927. Biologie der Hymenopteren. viii + 598 pp., 244 figs. Berlin:
Julius Springer.
Eidmann, H.
1944. Die Ameisenfauna von Fernando Poo. Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst.
Oekol. Geog. Tiere, 76: 413-490, 1 pi., 17 text figs.
Forel, a.
1922. Le monde social des fourmis du globe compare a celui de Thomme.
Tome 3. vii + 227 pp., 10 pis., 28 text figs. Geneve: Librairie
Kundig.
1928. The social world of ants compared with that of men. Translated
by C. K. Ogden. 2 vols. 551 + 445 pp., 24 pis., 138 text figs.
London and New York: G. P. Putnam’s Sons, Ltd.
Santschi, F.
1914. Formicides de I’Afrique occidentale et australe du voyage de M.
le Professeur F. Silvestri. Boll. Lab. Zool. Gen. Agrar. R. Sc.
Sup. Agric. Portici, 8: 309-385, 34 figs.
Weber, N. A.
1950. The African species of the genus Oligomyrmex Mayr. Amer.
Mus. Novitates No. 1442: 19 pp., 20 figs.
Wheeler, W. M.
1918. A study of some ant larvae, with a consideration of the origin
1953]
Wheeler and Wheeler — Myrmicine Larvae 147
and meaning of the social habit among insects. Proc. Amer.
Phil. Soc., 57: 293-343, 12 figs.
1922. The ants collected by the American Museum Congo Expedition.
Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 45: 39-269, 22 pis., 76 text figs.,
41 maps.
1926. Les societes d’insectes: leur origine — leur evolution, xii + 468
pp., 61 figs. Paris: Gaston Doin et Cie.
1928. The social insects, their origin and evolution, xviii + 378 pp.,
79 figs. New York: Harcourt, Brace and Co.
SOME NEW SYNONYMS IN CLYTRINAE
(COLEOPTERA, CHRYSOMELIDAE)
By F. Monros
Universidad Nacional de Tucuman, Argentina
I list some new synonyms in Clytrinae, which have been
established in the course of my work in connection with
Junk’s second edition of the “Coleopterorum Catalogus”.
Not all the names in this list are plain synonyms; in most
cases they represent different color patterns or minor dif-
ferences in size and microsculpture which tend to be lost
in large series. In my opinion, none of these differences is
of either specific or subspecific value.
I have seen specimens (in several cases types or speci-
mens from the typical series and typical locality) of all
the names listed below.
Macrolenes (Plecomera) quadraticollis Lacord. from South
Africa. Lacordaire, 1848, Mon. Phyt. II, p. 105 $ .
= M. (P.) varipes Jacoby, 1901, Trans. Ent. Soc. Bond.,
1901, p. 217, pi. 10, f. 5.
Antipus (Gyriodera) cruciata (Thunb.) from South Africa.
Thunberg, 1821, Nova Acta Upsala, 8, p. 184.
= A. (G.) clitellata Lacordaire, 1848, Mon. Phyt. II,
p. 124.
Anomoea laticlavia (Forst.) from the United States and
Central America. Forster, 1771, Nov. Spec. Ins., p. 27.
= A. rufifrons Lacordaire, 1848, Mon. Phyt. II, p. 135.
= A. villosa Jacoby, 1888, Biol. Centr. Amer. Col. 6, 1,
Suppl., p. 67, pi. 36, f. 17 $ .
Diapromorpha (Peploptera) eckloni Lacord. from south
east Africa. Lacordaire, 1848, Mon. Phyt. II, p. 244.
= D. (P.) dorsata Lacordaire, l.c., p. 245.
Diapromorpha (Peploptera) postica Lacord. from equa-
torial Africa. Lacordaire, l.c., p. 251.
= D. (P.) arcuata Clavareau in Jacoby and Clavareau,
1906, Gen. Ins., fasc. 49, p. 28, footnote.
Diapromorpha (Peploptera) trilineata Lacord. from South
Africa. Lacordaire, 1848, Mon. Phyt. II, p. 246.
= D. (P.) schenklingi Clavareau, 1909, Ann. Soc. Ent.
Belg., 53, p. 386.
148
1953]
Monros — Synonyms in Clytrinae
149
Diapromorpha (Peploptera) abyssinica Lef. from Ethiopia.
Lefevre, 1877, Rev. Mag. Zool., (3)5, p. 225.
= D. (P) schimperi Lefevre, 1891, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.,
35, c.r. p. CCLI.
Diapromorpha {Peploptera) curvilinea Jac. from South
Africa. Jacoby, 1901, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.„ 1901. p.
222, pi. 10, f. 9.
= D. (P.) braunsi Jacoby, 1903, Ent., 36, p. 92.
Diapromorpha (Aspidolopha) spilota (Hope) from Nepal
and Burma. Hope in Gray, 1831, Zool. Misc., p. 30 (Cryp-
tocephalus) .
= D. (A.) thoracica Jacoby, 1892, Ann. Mus. Civ. Geno-
va, 32, p. 879.
Melitonoma (M.) decempunctata (Oliv.), 1808, Ent., 6, pi.
2, f. 24 from tropical and equatorial Africa.
= M. (M.) patruelis Lefevre, 1891, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.,
35, c.r. p. CCLii.
= M. (M.) pedestris Lefevre, l.c., p. CCLiil.
= M. (M.) polysticta Lacordaire, 1848, Mon. Phyt. II,
p. 372.
= M. (M.) macidigera Lacordaire, l.c., p. 376.
= M. {M.) sobrina Lacordaire, l.c., p. 377.
= M. (M.) litigiosa Lacordaire, l.c., p. 378.
Megalostomis (Megalostomis) amazona Jac. from tropical
America. Jacoby, 1876, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1876, p.
809.
= M. (M.) generosa Baly, 1877, Cist. Ent., 2, p. 181.
= M. (Minturnia) mariae Monros, 1951, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., (12)4, p. 1154, f. 7-9.
Megalostomis {Megalostomis) anachoreta Lacord. from
Central and northern South America.
Lacordaire, 1848, Mon. Phyt. II, p. 537.
= M. {Minturnia) chuncho Monros, 1951, Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., (12)4, p. 1151, f. 4^5.
= M. {Minturnia) iveyrauchi Monros, 1952, Rev. Brasil.
Biol., 12(4), p. 350, f. 2-3.
Urodera crucifera Lacord. from the United States to north-
ern Argentina. Lacordaire, 1848, Mon. Phyt. II, p. 454.
= U. godmani Jacoby, 1879, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1879,
p. 775.
150
Psyche
[December
Bahia quadriguttata (Oliv.) from the United States and
Central America. Olivier, 1791, Enc. meth., 6, p. 37.
= Bahia distinguenda Jacoby, 1888, Biol. Centr. Amer.
Col. 6, 1, Suppl., p. 82.
= Bahia amplicollis Jacoby, l.c., p. 83.
= Bahia parvula Jacoby, l.c., p. 83.
Bahia rufipennis Lacord. from Brazil.
Lacordaire, 1848, Mon. Phyt. II, p. 433.
= Bahia undahunda Lacordaire, l.c., p. 433.
TWO NEW TINGIDAE (HEMIPTERA)i
By Carl J. Drake
Ames, Iowa
This paper contains the descriptions of two new species
of lacebugs, one from Australia and the other from the
West Indies. The specimens were kindly sent to me by Dr.
P. J. Darlington, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harv-
ard University. The types have been returned to the above
Museum.
Teleonemia lustrabilis new sp.
Large broad, blackish fuscous with a slight tinge of
ferrugineous. Length, 5.15 mm; width, 2.60 mm.
Head with four brownish spines; anterior pair short,
porrect; posterior pair appressed, barely attaining base
of frontal pair. Bucculae large, reticulate, contiguous in
front. Rostrum brownish blackish apically, barely reach-
ing beyond mesosternum; rostral channel wide, not closed
behind; laminae not very high, dark fuscous, uniseriate,
diverging posteriorly on mesosternum, more widely sep-
arate and cordate on metasternum. Orifice large, very con-
spicuous. Legs slender, smooth, moderately long, ferrugine-
ous-fuscous. Antennae moderately long, moderately stout,
straight, densely clothed with short, thick, recumbent setae ;
^Published with a grant from the Museum of Comparative Zoology
at Harvard College.
segments i and ll very short, only slightly thickened, sub-
equal; III rather stout, three times as long as IV (72:24),
the latter barely enlarged. Pleura very coarsely pitted.
Thorax beneath dark fuscous, the venter mostly brownish.
Hypocostal laminae uniseriate, the areolae rounded. Orifice
very large.
Pronotum distinctly transversely convex, coarsely punc-
tate, tricarinate; each carina uniseriate and with dorsal
vein strongly incrassate; median carina moderately ele-
vated, distinctly arched on disc, composed of rectangular
areolae (higher than wide) , with two or three of the areolae
longitudinally divided in widest part; lateral carinae less
elevated, with dorsal boundary gradually rounded or arched
151
152
Psyche
[December
from base to apex. Hood moderately high, narrow, pro-
jecting almost one-third of its length over base of head,
with median dorsal vein greatly thickened, a little longer
than high. Paranota moderately wide, widest opposite
humeral angles, there almost erect and four cells deep,
only one cell wide in front, with short hind part back of
widest part curved inwardly, the areolae moderately large
and clear. Elytra longer and wider than abdomen, widest
just behind apex of posterior projection of pronotum, broad
and slowly rounded on hind margin, with tips partly over-
lapping; with exterior marginal vein considerably enlarged;
costal area wide, with six dark transverse fasciae (a wide
band at widest part of elytron, two narrower ones in front
of and three behind wide band, the areolae densely clouded
in bands and clear between bands) ; areolae larger and two
deep in clear areas, smaller and three deep in bands; sub-
costal area wide, mostly triseriate, the areolae smaller than
in costal and considerably clouded; discoidal area large,
extending a little beyond middle of elytra, narrowed at
both ends, with outer boundary sinuate, widest at middle,
there five cells deep; sutural area large, the cells becoming
larger apically, with several clear cells in apical part.
Holotype (female), Constanza, Dominican Republic, West
Indies, 3000-4000 feet elevation. Dr. P. J. Darlington col-
lector.
This large chocolate-colored species with some clear
areolae in the costal area as the only characteristic mark-
ings is very distinct, and can be readily separated from
its congeners by the size, form and the structures of the
paranota, carinae and paranota as noted in the description.
The outer vein of paranota, median vein of hood and dorsal
veins of carinae are unusually incrassate. The clear areo-
lae of costal area of elytra are arranged largely in blocks
of two or four, thus giving the dark species a striking
appearance.
Australotingis vinnula new sp.
Large, broad, testaceous with areolae hyaline. Head
brown, concealed from dorsal aspect by hood; hind pair of
cephalic spines long, appressed, testaceous, the median and
anterior pair wanting. Length, 4.20 mm.; width, 2.25 mm.
1953]
Drake — Neiv Tingidae
153
Rostrum brownish with dark apex, extending to base
of mesosternum; laminae uniseriate, with inferior edge
finely toothed, testaceous, diverging posteriorly, entirely
open behind. Bucculae testaceous, areolate, closed in front.
Orifice present. Hypocostal ridge narrow, uniseriate. An-
tennae very long, slender, shortly pilose; segments i and
II short, moderately stout, the latter smaller ; iii long, almost
twice the length of iv ; iv long, feebly swollen, clothed with
longer hairs.
Pronotum moderately convex on disc, distinctly pitted,
fuscous-brown, tricarinate, the hood, paranota and carinae
testaceous; with clear cells; lateral carinae parallel, with
dorsal edge rounded or arched for the entire length, com-
posed of one row of rectangular cells ; median carina strong-
ly foliaceous, longer but not as high as hood, with dorsal
vein rounded, highest a little back of the hood, there biseri-
ate; hood large, moderately compressed laterally, inflated,
longer than high, moderately narrowed anteriorly, strongly
sloping downward. In front, with apex extending a little
in front of the head. Paranota large, semiglobose, reflexed
so that the outer margin projects almost vertically over
pronotal surface with anterior and posterior ends curved
inwardly. Elytra almost quadrate in outline, abruptly
widened near base, much longer and wider than abdomen,
with outer margins finely serrate, with apices broadly
rounded and a little separated; costal area very wide, com-
posed of large areolae, six cells deep in widest part; basal
part of subcostal and discoidal areas jointly elevated so as
to form a large tumid elevation; discoidal area not reach-
ing middle of elytra, extending one half of its length beyond
apex of hind pronotal process, five areolae deep in widest
part, there more strongly inflated. Wings a little longer
than abdomen, much shorter than elytra, whitish in color.
Type (male) and 3 paratypes (males), Lankelly Creek,
Mcllwraith Range, Cape York, Queensland, Australia, June
7, 1932, P. J. Darlington.
Separated at once from the only other member of the
genus, A. franzeni Hacker, by the larger size, larger hood,
longer antennae, larger paranota and higher and more
arched median carina. The turned in ends of the paranota
form a rounded-like opening above the disc of the prono-
154
Psyche
[December
turn. The lateral carinae are widely separated and termin-
ate behind near the base and outer corners of the triangular
pronotal process ; anteriorly, they are a little removed from
the sides of the hood.
Additional Notes on Brachypanorpa. — In my recent
account of Brachypanorpa (Psyche, 60:28-36, 1953), I
pointed out that all known females of B. carolinensis
(Banks) collected from 1905 through 1920 were short-
winged and flightless, whereas all those collected since 1951
were long-winged and able to fly. I also noted that I had
not located any specimens of this insect which had been
collected during the interval between 1920 and 1951. Dr.
J. Anthony Downes has more recently informed me that
he collected carolmensis in the Black Mts., North Caro-
lina, on June 10, 1938; the locality (near Mt. Mitchell, Toe
River Gap, elevation 5500') is the one at which my long-
winged females were found in 1951 and 1952. Dr. Downes
writes me that the females were “unable to fly but readily
jumped several inches.” One of the four females which
he collected was sent to me for examination; it is clearly
the short-winged type, like those originally found by Banks.
The occurrence of these four females in 1938 indicates that
the long-winged specimens had not appeared by that year
(or at any rate that they were much in the minority) and
that the female population did not change until after that
time. Since I was unable to visit the carolinensis localities
in the spring of 1953, I should also note that Mr. P. W.
Fattig collected several long-winged females at Unicoi Gap.,
Georgia, on May 31, 1953, at the same locality that yielded
numerous specimens in 1952.
A second female of B. montana Carp, was also recently
sent to me by Dr. Downes, who collected it on Mt. Mc-
Loughlin, Oregon (June 25, 1939, 5000' elevation). This
is the type locality of the species, originally described from
a series of nine males. The new specimen agrees with the
individual illustrated in my 1953 paper. — F. M. Car-
penter, Harvard University.
CICINDELIDAE (TIGER BEETLES) COLLECTED IN
EASTERN NEW GUINEA, WITH DESCRIPTION OF
A NEW SPECIES!
By C. M. C. Brouerius van Nidek
Vogelkersstraat 28, Bussum, Holland
From material loaned to me by the Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts, U.S.A., I have
compiled the following list, with notes, of tiger beetles
collected in New Guinea by P. J. Darlington, Jr. during
the recent war.^
1. Cicindela tetrachoides Gestro
Eight specimens collected at Dobodura, Papua.
2. Cicindela darlingtoni n. sp.
(Figs. 1-3, 6-7)
Resembles C. latreillei Guer., but differs by larger scutel-
lum, longer pronotum, more dense curly pubescence on the
underside, and especially by the hairs on the side margin
of the labrum and the row of stiff hairs on the middle tibia
(Figs. 1, 2). Head of male green; labrum strongly pro-
jecting, more rounded than in latreillei, yellow with dark
margin, front margin with a small obtuse tooth at centre,
side margin except anteriorly with a row of small hooked
hairs; mandibles yellow, tips dark; palpi yellow, outer
part of the last segment dark except at extreme tip. Head
of female blackish; labrum black with green luster. Anten-
nae with first 4 segments dark metallic, the rest pubescent.
Prothorax more elongate than in latreillei, constricted near
the base, with distinct but fine median line, and slightly
transversely striated; apical edge with fine yellow hairs,
^Published with a grant from the Museum of Comparative Zoology at
Harvard College.
^Two additional species, Caledonomorpha milneana and Prothyma
papua, have been described by Dr. Darlington in Psyche, Vol. 54, 1947,
pp. 241-245. Darlington’s collecting localities are shown on his sketch
map in the Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Vol. 107,
1952, p. 93.
155
156
Psyche
[December
basal edge especially at the angles with longer gold-colored
hairs. Elytra of male more shining and less velvety than
in latreillei; of female not shining but dull; of both sexes
finely and rather densely punctured, with humeral spot
and narrow apical margin yellow; epipleurae and apical
third of suture of male yellow, of female scarcely so. Apex
of each elytron separately rounded. Male below with coxae,
metasternum, and sternites (except first and margin of
second) yellow, the- rest shining green; episterna of pro-,
meso- and metathorax, mesosternum, margin of the meta-
sternum, and first sternite with dense, curly hairs; legs
yellow, femora with greenish luster; basal % of femora
with long, curly hairs; tarsi dark; apex of the protibiae
with stiff hairs; meso-tibiae outwardly with a fringe of
short pale bristles; meta-tibiae compressed; claws long.
Female with pubescent parts of underside metallic green
and the rest dark; trochanters yellow; legs darker than in
male, with tibiae yellow. Male copulatory organs as figured
(Fig. 3).
Length: 12.5 mm. (without labrum).
Holotype S and allotype $ in the Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology (Type No. 28,997) and 1 9 paratype in my
collection all from Dobodura, Papua, collected by P. J.
Darlington Jr., for whom, of course, the species is named.
3. Cicindela decemguttata urvillei Dej.
(Figs. 4-5)
Of the six specimens, from Dobodura and Milne Bay,
belonging to this subspecies only two have the typical mark-
ings of urvillei Dej. The other specimens are aberrations
which need not be named but are worth mentioning here.
They are (a) two specimens without the humeral top-fleck
(Fig. 4) ; and (b) two specimens with the discal spot con-
nected with the upper marginal spot, which is in turn
connected with the lower marginal spot (Fig. 5). One
specimen of “a” has one elytron as in “b”.
4. Cicindela discreta Schaum.
Two specimens from Dobodura, Papua.
Explanation of Plate 7
Figs. 1-3, Cicindela darlingtoni, n. sp. — 1, labrum; 2, middle tibia;
3, male genitalia. Figs. 4-5, Cicindela decemguttata urvillei Dej.
Psyche, 1953
VoL. 60, Plate 7
Van Nidek — New Guinea Cicindelidae
[December
158 Psyche
5. Cicindela semicincta Brulle
Four specimens from Dobodura, Papua, which are total-
ly black. These are to be considered as a nigra-form of
semicincta Brulle.
Figs. 6-7. Cicindela darlingtoni, n. sp. Fig. 6, male; fig. 7, female.
6. Cicindela io W. H.
Three specimens from Milne Bay, Papua.
7. Cicindela io microgemmea W. H.
Dobodura, Papua, four specimens.
8. Cicindela bennigsenia W. H.
Walter Horn observed in Records of the South Australian
Museum, 1932, page 551, that males of Cicindela bennig-
senia collected on the Mount Lamington Plateau in N. E.
Papua differ in shape of labrum from the specimens de-
scribed by him. A male collected by Dr. Darlington at
Dobodura has a labrum of the same shape as the Mount
Lamington males. The labrum is rather strongly excavated
at middle, without the slightest trace of a sagittal tooth.
1953]
van Nidek — Netv Guinea Cicindelidae
159
9. Cicindela funerata harbata W. H.
Of this subspecies there are six examples from Dobodura,
three from Milne Bay, two from vicinity of Nadzab, and
thirteen from Morobe District (Surprise Creek). The first
two of these localities are in Papua; the other two, in
N.E.N.G. Specimens from the different localities differ
slightly in color. Those from Milne Bay are more greenish;
from Nadzab, more reddish; and from Surprise Creek,
darker than those from Dobodura. In three examples (one
from Milne Bay and two from Surprise Creek) the humeral
lunule is divided into two separate spots. The penis, clearly
visible in several males, shows slight differences even
among specimens from the same locality.
10. Cicindela guineensis umbrosa W. H.
Dobodura, Papua, six specimens.
11. Cicindela ancorifera W.H.
Four examples from Chimbu Valley (Bismarck Rge.),
5,000-7,500 ft. altitude, and five from Morobe District, Mt.
Misim, 6,400 ft. (both localities in N.E.N.G.). These speci-
mens possess middle and apical white spots on each elytron.
Typical specimens ought to have three white spots. Of
about 40 examples I have seen from the London and Leiden
museums almost all had only the middle spot, and only a
few a slight indication of the apical spot. As I have already
mentioned in Notes from the Museum Leyden, I am of the
opinion that these are merely aberrations.
THE INDO-AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF THE ANT
GENUS STRUMIGENYS FR. SMITH: GROUP OF
DORIAE EMERYi
By William L. Brown, Jr.
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University
The Strumigenys doriae group includes three rather lapge
species of uniform aspect with a scattered distribution in
the East Indies. The mandibles are greatly simplified,
evidently through loss of structures, and are like those of
the Neotropical elongata group in lacking entirely preapical
teeth or distinct dentiform angles in the preapical position.
The apical fork teeth are strong and spiniform, straight
or nearly so; an intercalary denticle may be present or
absent. Mandibular blades straight, slightly narrowed at
insertions ; vertex raised and convex ; occipital lobes strong-
ly depressed; posterior excision deep. Labrum transverse,
with a narrow, apically truncate extension on each side
extending laterally beyond the lateral borders of the closed
mandibles. Legs and antennae long and slender; funicular
segment iv elongate. Body, including legs with very long,
fine outstanding hairs. In the two species actually ex-
amined {S. bryanti and S. idcerosa) , the sculpture of cer-
tain areas is modified to include coarse pits and larger,
shallow, margined crateriform areas in bilaterally paired
positions. These regions are ordinarily plated or encrusted
with a light-colored granular substance, which, when re-
moved by soaking, leaves uncovered impressed areas filled
with short, fine dense pile. The whole apparatus appears
to be secretory in function, though for what purpose, it is
still not known.
These structures, which I refer to as secretory pits and
lacunae, appear to be special intensive developments of a
widespread general tendency among strumigenite species
to produce a granular integumental covering. This cover-
ing is not an artifact, since it can be seen in living speci-
^Published with a grant from the Museum of Comparative Zoology at
Harvard College.
160
1953]
Brown — I ndo- Australian Strumigenys
161
mens in nature and in the artificial nest in a certain pro-
portion of individuals in most colonies at any given time.
Its structure is vaguely granular, and appears to be too
amorphous to represent a vegetable growth. It is highly
resistant to organic solvents, and even to strong acids and
bases up to the point where these begin to attack the in-
tegument itself. It can sometimes be loosened in water,
but does not show appreciable reduction after prolonged
soaking. It appears most likely to be a direct secretion of
a largely proteinaceous nature. Similar-appearing incrusta-
tions are frequent in the myrmicine tribes Basicerotini and
Attini, though phylogenetic relationships between these and
the Dacetini {Strumigenys, etc.) do not appear to be very
close. Most species showing the secretion in the Basicero-
tini and Dacetini show other structural and behavioral con-
vergences, and are, generally speaking, members of the
microgenton of Silvestri. The dacetines feed chiefly upon
certain collembolan families, and it is possible that this
secreted crust has something to do with the predatory habit.
Among undescribed Strumigenys from the New World
tropics, I have seen other forms with secretory lacunae,
though placed differently to those of the doriae group and
probably developed convergently.
It is unfortunate that each of the three species treated
below is known only from the unique type, a situation
which makes taxonomic conclusions somewhat uncertain.
The characters given to separate the three are, however,
of a degree of distinctness equal to those seen in related
Strumigenys species known from considerably more satis-
factory samples. Emery’s brief and somewhat questionable
diagnosis with figure of S. doriae remains to be checked
and amplified by some future specialist having access to
the type.
The measurements and their abbreviations are those I
have used in various works on the dacetine ants: tl, total
length, or sum of lengths of the various tagmata, including
the closed mandibles; hl, maximum measurable length of
head in dorsal view, including all of clypeus and occipital
lobes; ml, distance to which the closed mandibles project
beyond the clypeal margin, measured while head is in same
position as for hl measurement; WL, diagonal length of ali-
162
Psyche
[December
trunk measured from lateral view. The most useful indices
are: ci, cephalic index, head width/ hl x 100; Mi, mandib-
ulo-cephalic index, ml/hl X 100.
Strumigenys ulcerosa new species
Holotype ivorker: TL 4.10, HL 1.09, ml 0.55, WL 1.16 mm. ;
Cl 71, MI 50. Occipital lobes surpass indistinct anterior
pronotal margin by approximately 0.1 mm.; this overlap
not included in TL.
In general habitus resembling Emery’s figure of S. doriae
(see below), but the mandibles longer and much broader,
and the head less broad behind, assuming that Emery’s
figure approaches the correct proportions for doriae. Sides
of head in front of occipital lobes feebly concave in outline;
eyes moderate in size and convexity, situated distinctly
anterior to the cephalic midlength, visible in dorsal view.
Clypeus triangular, the anterior border weakly depressed
and very feebly concave. Seen from the side, the deepest
part of the head is reached at the highest point of the con-
vex vertex, slightly posterior to cephalic midlength; oc-
cipital lobes only about half as deep, strongly depressed.
Scape L 0.68, funiculus L 0.85 (segment v 0.40, iv 0.24,
III + n 0.10, I 0.11 mm.).
Mandibles approximately straight, depressed, broad
(slightly less broad than in S. bryanti holotype), at bases
slightly narrowed and feebly bent inward, broadest at
about the apical quarter. Just before the apical fork, the
inner border becomes very feebly concave, but there is no
preapical angle marking off this concavity, and there is no
preapical tooth or denticle. Dorsal tooth of apical fork
stoutly spiniform, L 0.14-0.15 mm., only slightly longer than
the ventral tooth, which is blunter and approximately paral-
lel ; no trace of any intercalary tooth or denticle.
Alitrunk slender, pronotum narrowly rounded anteriorly,
without humeral angles, but with a low tubercle on each
side; anterior pronotal border obsolete. Pronotum with the
entire mesonotum forming one continuous gently arching
profile as seen from the side, sloping posteriorly to the
well-marked metanotal groove. Propodeal dorsum sloping
down posteriorly from the groove, only very feebly convex.
Mesosternal groove very broad and deep, taking up ap-
1953]
Brown — Indo- Australian Strumigenys
163
proximately the anterior half of the mesosternum, lined
with an abundant erect pile, apparently related to some
secretory function. Propodeal teeth reduced to small, in-
conspicuous, depressed blunt processes, completely involved
in the broad, convex infradental lamellae.
Petiole arched-claviform, the node long, low, scarcely
differentiated from its peduncle as seen from any view.
Ventral spongiform strip fairly well developed, not deep;
posterodorsal collar rather broad, ending on each side in
well developed posterolateral flaps, each of which is in turn
extended as a slender, anteriorly tapered strip forward
along the sides of the node about to the level of its indefinite
juncture with the peduncle. Postpetiolar node seen from
above subcircular, very nearly as long as broad and slight-
ly broader than the petiolar node, convex, closely sur-
rounded by spongiform tissue and with large ventral spongi-
form lobes. Gaster with a conspicuous thick anteroventral
pad of spongiform tissue and fine, short subreclinate hairs,
anterodorsally with a flange-like transverse spongiform
margin. Basal costulae of first gastric segment rather fine,
short, extending about i/i the length of the basal segment
in the middle; remainder of gaster smooth and shining, as
are the mandibles.
Head, alitrunk and both nodes densely and irregularly
punctulate-granulose, opaque. The ground punctulation is
relieved at intervals by larger, more irregular secretory
pits, most conspicuous on head and promesonotum. The
larger secretory lacunae, bordered by a low ridge and
usually conspicuous by virtue of the whitish encrustation,
appear to be formed of many confluent secretory pits. The
largest pair are subcircular, located behind the humeral
tubercles, occupying the greater part of the posterolateral
pronotal surfaces. Another large linear pair, deep and
groove-like, follow the humeral margins on each side; and
another pair, adjacent to and surrounding the lateral open-
ings of the mesosternal groove, are also of good size. A
smaller, but very distinct groove on each side of the pro-
podeum below the spiracle, running posteriorly onto the
infradental lamella. Small lacunae are also found on the
anterolateral faces of the petiolar node, dorsolaterally on
the propodeum at the bases of the teeth, and on each end
164
Psijche
[December
of the metanotal groove. Legs densely and finely punctu-
late-granulose. Pilosity as described for S. bryanti (below),
except that in ulcerosa, the long, fine erect hairs on the
head are more numerous, while those of the gastric dorsum
are not so extremely long (maximum length about 0.26
mm.), nor are those on the legs so long as in bryanti. In
ulcerosa, the longest hairs on the gastric dorsum are about
half as long as the maximum dorsoventral thickness of the
gaster. The dense, fine pile present on alitrunk and nodes
much as in bryanti, most conspicuous at heavily “glandular”
areas, especially humeri and mesopleura.
Color rich medium ferrugineous, appendages and oc-
cipital lobes slightly lighter and more yellowish.
Holotype, in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, a
unique taken at 700 meters altitude, Kananggar, Soemba,
Indonesia (Dammerman, no. 242). This species does not
seem to be the worker corresponding to the female of
bryanti, since the latter has a narrower, not broader, head,
and has longer mandibles, differently proportioned funicular
segments, longer gastric pilosity, and a minute intercalary
denticle in the apical fork. If it be assumed that Emery
did not too grossly misfigure his Ambonese species, cloriae,
the latter would be distinct from ulcerosa in having shorter,
very much more slender mandibles and a notably broader
head. Emery’s draftsmanship, however, was such that
doubts about the distinctness of ulcerosa and cloriae will
remain until someone can review Emery’s type.
Strumigenys bryanti Wheeler
Striimigenys bryanti Wheeler, 1919, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.
Harvard 63: 95, female (original description).
Holotype female, alate: Differs significantly in propor-
tions, especially of the mandibles, and also in other minor
details, from S. ulcerosa and S. cloriae, but for the most
part very similar to at least the first of these. TL 4.63, HL
1.08, ML 0.60, WL 1.25 mm.; ci 69, Ml 56; occipital-pronotal
overlap 0.1 mm., subtracted from TL. Antennal scapes
straight, slender, L 0.70, very feebly incrassate in the apical
half; funiculus slender, L 0.88 (segment v 0.40, IV 0.31,
II -f III 0.08, I 0.09-0.10 mm.).
Mandibles with apical fork of two slender spiniform
1953]
Brown — I nclo- Australian Strumigenys
165
teeth, the dorsal tooth virtually straight in its apical half,
the ventral tooth parallel to the dorsal and about half as
long, its extreme tip gently deflected ventrad ; a single min-
ute, acute intercalary denticle present. The dorsal apical
tooth is about 0.17 mm. long, or slightly more. Shaft of
mandible straight, broad, depressed, slightly narrowed to-
ward base; external border feebly convex, inner border
straight, except for brief weakly concave apical and basal
stretches, and with dorsal and ventral subcultrate margins.
The gentle preapical concavity, just at the point where it
joins the straight section of the inner border, bears a very
low, obtuse vestige of a translucent angle, just barely per-
ceptible at higher magnifications and then only in certain
views. This insignificant vestige is probably homologous
with the preapical tooth or angle in the majority of Indo-
Australian Strumigenys species. The reduction of the pre-
apical tooth can be followed in the series honing sb erg eri,
formosensis, hryanti, although this series probably does
not represent the actually evolved lineage.
The secretory pits and lacunae are arranged much as
in the worker of S. ulcerosa, but those on the thoracic
sclerites are somewhat restricted by the different develop-
ment of these areas accompanying the presence of the
wings. Scutum intricately and rather deeply rugulose-
punctulate. Scutellum with similar sculpture; punctulation
of mesokatepisternum partially effaced, the surface here
more or less smooth and shining. Basal costulae of gaster
short and fine.
Head with moderate growth of fine, subreclinate ground
hairs, fewer moderately long, fine erect hairs, and fewer
still very long, outstanding, fine flagellate hairs, the latter
concentrated along the dorsolateral and posterior occipital
borders. Scape hairs very fine, reclinate. Alitrunk with
numerous long, fine erect hairs, the same, becoming longer
and flagelliform on both nodes and gastric dorsum (L up
to 0.55 mm.), where some are as long as or nearly as long
as the maximum depth of the gaster itself. Legs with very
long, fine erect hairs, becoming extremely long and tapered,
but fewer, on the posterior surfaces of the metatarsi, where
they are often nearly as long as the elongate metatarsus
itself. Also present on legs, alitrunk, both nodes and under-
166
Psyche
[December
side of head is a dense pile of very fine, short reclinate
hairs, inconspicuous except on humeral borders, propodeum
and petiolar node; forming a large anteroventral pad at
the base of the gaster. The long fiagelliform hairs are con-
siderably longer than those of ulcerosa.
Color reddish ferrugineous, appendages lighter. Fore-
wing (l 3.1 mm.) with R -j- Sc, Rsfl, stigma and 2r pres-
ent and distinct, but not strongly pigmented. Other veins
absent or else present only as indistinct folds or lines. The
holotype, still the only known specimen, is in the Museum
of Comparative Zoology; it was taken on Mt. Matang,
West Sarawak, Borneo (G. E. Bryant).
Strumigenys doriae Emery
Strumigenys Doriae Emery, 1887, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor.
Nat. Genova, (2) 5: 45, pi. 2, fig. 22, worker (original
description). 1897, Term. Fiizetek, 20: 574, worker, in
key.
I know this form only from Emery’s description and
figure, which show it to be very much like S. ulcerosa (see
discussion above). The original description is very brief,
and the figure crude and questionable on several accounts.
The mandibles are portrayed as unusually slender for a
Strumigenys species; nevertheless, Emery definitely says
that they are ‘'cylindricis” in his description, which, if
true, would make them quite different from the broadened
and depressed jaws of the two closely related forms. As
estimated from the figure, the Ci would be about 77, and
the MI near 46. Emery’s figures of dacetines are known,
however, to err rather strongly on occasion in showing cor-
rect proportions of head and mandibles. Emery also shows
the petiolar and postpetiolar nodes without differentiating
the spongiform appendages from the nodes proper. The
total length is given as “3V2 nim.” This is probably too
low a figure. Emery does not mention the secretory pits
and lacunae that may well be present, but the elongate
flagellate hairs characteristic of this species group are
indicated in the figure. Color given as “ferruginea, capite
obscurior.”
The holotype is a unique worker taken at Amboina, East
Indies, by Beccari ; it is presumably now in the Emery Col-
lection, Museo Civico di Storia Naturale in Genoa, Italy.
PSYCHE
INDEX TO VOL. 60, 1953
INDEX TO AUTHORS
Beatty, G. H., III. New England Records of Ululodes Currie (Neuroptera:
Ascalaphidae). 114
Bequaert, J. Nemestrinidae (Diptera) of Iowa and Missouri. 14
Brown, W. L., Jr. Three New Ants Related to Strumigenys louisianae
Roger. 1
An Australian Trapeziopelta (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). 51
The Indo-Australian Species of the Ant Genus Strumigenys
Fr. Smith: S. wallacei Emery and Relatives. 85
The Indo-Australian Species of the Ant Genus Strumigenys
Fr. Smith: Group of doriae Emery. 160
Carpenter, F. M. The Biology of Brachypanorpa (Mecoptera). 28
Additional Notes on Brachypanorpa. 154
Chamberlin, R. V. Two New Oregon Chilopods of the Order Geophilida.
37
Cheng, F. Y. Three New Species of Panorpidae (Mecoptera). 119
Creighton, Wm. S. New Data on the Habits of Camponotus {Myrma-
phaenus) ulcerosus Wheeler. 82
Darlington, P. J., Jr. Australian Carabid Beetles I. Some Clivina from
Western Australia. 52
Australian Carabid Beetles II. Some New Pterostichini. 90
Drake, C. J. Two New Tingidae (Hemiptera). 151
Fairchild, G. B. Tabanidae from the State of Chiapas, Mexico, with
Descriptions of Two New Species (Diptera). 41
Gregg, R. E. Taxonomic Notes on the Ant, Camponotus cooperi Gregg. 102
Judd, W. W. Larval Mites of the Genus Eutrombidium Attached to a
Carolina Locust. 124
Monros, F. Some New Synonyms in Clytrinae (Coleoptera, Chrysome-
lidae). 148
Nidek, C. M. C. B. van. Cicindelidae (Tiger Beetles) Collected in Eastern
New Guinea, with Description of a New Species. 155
Nutting, W. L. Observations on the Reproduction of the Giant Cockroach,
Blaberus craniifera Burm. 6
The Biology of Euphasiopteryx brevicornis (Townsend) (Diptera,
Tachinidae), Parasitic in the Cone-headed Grasshoppers (Orthop-
tera, Copiphorinae). 69
First Records of the European Mantis religiosa (L.) from Maine. 89
A Gregarine, Diplocystis, in the Haemocoele of the Roach, Blaberus
craniifer Burm. 126
Pechuman, L. L. A New Neotropical Chrysops (Diptera, Tabanidae). 115
Shaw, F. R. Some New Diptera with Remarks on the Affinities of the
Genus Pnyxia Joh. 62
Werner, F. G. Further Notes on North American Epicauta, with New
Synonymy (Coleop., Meloidae). 105
Wheeler, G. C., and J. Wheeler. The Ant Larvae of the Myrmicine Tribe
Pheidologetini. 129
Wilson, E. O. On Flanders’ Hypothesis of Caste Determination in Ants. 15
Young, F. N. Two New Species of Water Beetles from Florida (Cole-
optera: Dytiscidae). 21
167
APR 2d 19^4
[December
168 Psyche
INDEX TO SUBJECTS
All new genera, new species and new names are printed in Large and
Small Capital Type.
Additional Notes on Brachypanorpa,
154
Ant Larvae of the IMyrmicine Tribe
Pheidologetini, 129
Ants. 1, 15, 85, 102
Ascalaphidae, 114
Australian Carabid Beetles. 52, 90
Australian Trapeziopelta (H^mien-
optera; Formicidae), 51
Australotingis vinnula, 152
Biology of Brachypnnorpa, 28
Biology of Euphasiopteryx hrevi-
cornis, 69
Blaberus craniifer, 126
Brachygeophilus tampophor, 39
Brachyponorpa, 154
Brachypanorpa carolinensis, 28
Brachypanorpa montana, 34
Brachypanorpa oregonensis, 33
Brady da bellingeri, 67
Brady da farri, 67
Camponotiis cnoperi, 102
Camponotus (M yrmaphaenus) id-
c erasure, 82
Carabid Beetles, 52, 90
Carebara lignata, 142
Carebara u'inijredae, 142
Caste Determination in Ants, 15
Chilopods. 37
Chrysomelidae. 148
C hr y sops Patricia, 115
Cicindela darlingtoni, 155
Cicindelidae (Tiger Beetles) Col-
lected in Eastern New Guinea,
with Description of a New
Species, 155
Clivina diluta, 54
Clivina frenchi, 54
Clivina grata, 58
Clivina sculpticeps, 60
Clivina suturalis, 58
Clivma wiluna, 56
Clytrinae, 148
Cone-headed Grasshoppers, 69
Copelatus blatchlea'i, 24
Copiphorinae, 69
Diplocystis, 126
Dytiscidae, 21
Epicauta diversipubescens, 110
Epicauta emarginata, 105
Epicauta jallax, 108
Epicauta junenezi, 110
Epicauta languida, 113
Epicauta ochrea, 106
Epidapus johannseni, 63
Euphasiopteryx brevicornis, 69
Eutrombidium, 124
First Records of the European
Mantis religiosa (L.) from Maine,
89
Formicidae, 51
Further Notes on North American
Epicauta, with New SynonAun}’’
((Toleop., Meloidae), 105
Geophilida, 37
Gregarine. Diplocystis, in the
Haemocoele of the Roach, Bla-
berus craniijer Bunn., 126
Habits of C amponotus ulcerosus, 82
Hydrovatus peninsularis, 21
Indo-Australian Species of the Ant
Genus Strumigenys Fr. Smith;
S. wallacei Emerv and Relatives,
85
Indo-Australian Species of the Ant
Genus Strumigenys Fr. Smith:
Group of doriae Emery, 160
Larval Mites of the Genus Eutrom-
bidium Attached to a Carolina
Locust, 124
Leiradira alternans, 90
Locust, 124
Lophomyrmex quadrispinosus, 131
Mantis religiosa, 89
Mecoptera, 28, 119
Meloidae, 105
Nemestrinidae (Diptera) of Iowa
and IMissouri, 14
Xeopanorpa baviensis, 120
X eopanorpa contracta, 122
Neuroptera, 114
New Data on the Habits of Cam-
1953]
Index
169
ponotus ( M yrmaphaenus) ulcer-
osus Wheeler, 82
New England Records of Ululodes
Currie (Xeuroptera: Ascalaphi-
dae), 114
New Neotropical Chrysops (Dip-
tera, Tabanidae), 115
N otonnmus masculixus, 99
N otonomus spurgeoxi, 98
N otonomus triplicatus, 100
Observations on the Reproduction
of the Giant Cockroach, Blaberus
craniijera Burm., 6
Oligomyrmex jacohsoni, 140
Oligomyrrnex mjobergi, 140
Oligomyrmex pnrvicornis, 138
Oligomyrmex sinidaicus, 140
Oligomyrmex thoracicus, 140
On Flanders’ Hypothesis of Caste
Determination in Ants, 15
Paedalgus infimus, 146
Paedalgus termitolestes, 143
Panorpa chiexsis, 119
Pheidologetini, 129
Pheidologeton affinis, 138
Pheidologeton diversus, 135
Pnyxia, 62
Pterosticliini, 90
Reproduction of Blaberus craniifera,
6
Setalis sloaxei, 92
Some Clivina from Western Aus-
tralia, 52
Some New Diptera with Remarks
on the Affinities of the Genus
Pnyxia Joh., 62
Some New Pterosticliini, 90
Some New S^monyms in Clytrinae
(Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae), 148
Stenophilus rothi, 38
Stenotabaims (Stetiotabanus) chia-
PASEXSIS, 45
Stenotabanus (Stenotabanus) lito-
tes, 48
Strumigenys bryanti, 164
Striimigenys clasmospoxgia, 2
Strumigenys doriae, 166
Stnmiigenys louisianae, 1
Strumigenys mixta, 4
Strumigenys nidifex, 85
Strumigenys opaca, 86
Strumigenys producta, 3
Strurnigenys ulcerosa, 162
Strumigenys wallacei, 85
Tabanidae, 115
Tabanidae from the State of
Chiapas, Mexico, with Descrip-
tions of Two New Species (Dip-
tera), 41
Taxonomic Notes on the Ant,
Camponotus cooperi Gregg, 102
Teleonemia lustrabilis, 151
The Biology of Euphasiopteryx
brevicornis (Townseml) (Diptera,
Tachinidae), Parasitic in the
Cone-headed Grasshoppers (Orth-
optera, Copiphorinae), 69
Three New Ants Related to
Strumigenys louisianae Roger, 1
Three New Species of Panorpidae
(Mecoptera), 119
Tingidae, 151
Trapeziopelta, 51
Trichosternus relictus, 94
Trichosternus soror, 95
Trigonogaster recurvispinosa kem-
neri, 133
Two New Oregon Chilopods of the
Order Geophilida, 37
Two New Species of Water Beetles
from Florida (Coleoptera: D^di-
scidae), 21
Two New Tingidae (Hemiptera),
151
Ululodes, 114
Water Beetles, 21
Zelmira williami, 66
CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB
A regular meeting of the Club is held on the second Tues-
day of each month (July, August and September, excepted)
at 8 :00 p.m. in Room B-455, Biological Laboratories, Divin-
ity Ave., Cambridge. Entomologists visiting Boston are
cordially invited to attend.
BACK VOLUMES OF PSYCHE
The Cambridge Entomological Club is able to offer for
sale the following volumes of Psyche. Those not mentioned
are entirely out of print.
Volumes 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, each covering a period of three
years, $5.00 each.
Volumes 10, 12, 14, 17, each covering a single year, $1.00
each.
Volumes 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, each covering a
single year, $1.50 each.
Volumes 27 to 53, each covering a single year, $2.00.
Volumes 54 to 59, each covering a single year, $3.00.
Orders for 2 or more volumes subject to a discount of
10%.
Orders for 10 or more volumes subject to a discount of
20%.
All orders should be addressed to
F. M. Carpenter, Editor of Psyche,
Biological Laboratories,
Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass.
FOR SALE
The Ants of North America, by Professor Wm. S.
Creighton. Published in April, 1950, as volume 104 of the
Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, with 585
pages and 57 plates. Price $10.00 (postpaid). Send orders
to Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard College,
Cambridge, Mass.
MCZ ERNST MAYR LIBRARY
3 2044
28 503 661
Date Due